05.

Structural Analysis
1. Fundamental Structure,
Determinacy & Indeterminacy
of Structure
1. The degree of static indeterminacy of a rigid
jointed space frame is:
(a) m + r – 2j (b) m + r – 3j (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 3m + r – 3j (d) 6m + r – 6j (c) 2 (d) 3
(e) 2m + r – 3j GPSC AE Dec 2018
Haryana PSC AE 2018 Paper–I ESE 2015
APPSC AEE 2012 Ans. (a) : Degree of static indeterminacy = [No. of
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003 equation] – [Static equilibrium equation] – [ Number
of internal hinges]
Ans. (d) : For a pin jointed plane structure to be
Ds = 5 – 3 – 2
statically determinate, DS = 0
[Ds = 0]
m + r = 2j → 2D Truss/Pin jointed plane
m + r = 3j → 3D Truss/Pin jointed plane 5. The degree of static indeterminacy of a rigid-
m + r = 3j → 2D Rigid Frame jointed space frame is :
(a) m+r-2j (b) m + r-3j
3m + r = 6j → 3D Rigid Frame
(c) 3m + r-3j (d) 6m + r- 6j
2. The number of independent equations to be Punjab MCP SDO 2015
satisfied for static equilibrium of a space Ans. (d) : The degree of static indeterminacy of a
structure is : rigid-jointed space frame Dsi = 6m + r- 6j
(a) 1 (b) 2 The degree of static indeterminacy of a rigid-jointed
(c) 3 (d) 6 plane frame Ds = (3m + r) – 3j
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I 6. What is the value of kinematic indeterminacy
Haryana PSC AE Paper-I 2018 and statical indeterminacy of a fixed beam
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I) respectively?
ESE 2011 (a) 3, 1 (b) 1, 2
Ans. (d) : For space frames number of equation of (c) 2, 0 (d) 0, 3
equilibrium is 6. OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
Equations of equilibrium for space frames Ans. (d)
Σ fx = 0 , Σ Mx = 0
Σ fy = 0 , Σ My = 0
Σ fz = 0 , Σ Mz = 0
3. The degree of static indeterminacy of the frame At fixed support, DOF = 0
shown in the following figure is Kinematic indeterminacy = 0
Ds = Dsc = r – S = 6 – 3 = 3
7. Consider the following statements:
1. When the number of members (n) and joints
(j) are such that the equation n=(2j–3) is
satisfied, the framed structure is said to be a
perfect structure.
2. In a redundant frame, the number of
(a) 2 (b) 4 members is less than that required for a
(c) 6 (d) 8 perfect frame.
GPSC AE Dec 2018 3. If, in a framed structure, the number of
Ans. (c) : Static indeterminacy = 3+3+3+1–1–3 = 6. members provided is more than that required
4. The degree of static indeterminacy of the for a perfect frame, it is called as a deficient
structure shown in the following figure is frame.
651
 Which of the above statements is /are correct? 10. The number of unknown reactions to be found
(a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) 1 only at a fixed support of a beam, during analysis
(c) 2 only (d) 3 only is/are :
ESE 2017 (a) 1 (b) 2
Ans. (b) (c) 3 (d) 4
■ n = (2j–3) → Perfect frame. TNPSC AE 2015
n > (2j–3) → Redundant frame Ans. (c) :
n< (2j –3) → Deficient frame (Unstable) Type of support No. of unknown reaction
■ Perfect frame are the frames which can be analysed 3
to get the internal member forces and external fixed
support reaction by using the three conditions of 2
hinged
static equilibrium.
1
■ Deficient frame is also called as unstable frame i.e. roller
the frame will deform if the external load is 11. What are static and kinematic indeterminacies,
applied. respectively, of a two storey two bay frame
8. The kinetic indeterminacy of the structure having fixed supports at base ?
shown in the figure is equal to (a) 9, 15 (b) 9, 12
(c) 6, 15 (d) 12, 18
Rajasthan JEN (Degree) Shift - II 2016
Ans. (d) : Number of external reaction (Re) = 9
Number of members (m) = 10
Number of joints (j) = 9

(a) 14 (b) 15
(c) 16 (d) 17
ESE 2017
Ans. (a) : Kinematic Indeterminacy 'Dk' = 3j – (r+m).
Two storey two bay frame
Degree of static indeterminacy (Ds)–
Ds = 3m – 3j + Re
= 3 × 10 – 3 × 9 + 9
= 12
j = Number of joints = 12 Degree of kinematic indeterminacy (Dk) –
r = Reaction = 3 + 2 + 2 = 7 Dk = 3j – Re
m = Number of members = 15 =3×9–9
Dk = 3j – r – m = 27 – 9 = 18
Dk = 3 × 12 – 7 – 15 12. Total degree of kinematic indeterminacy for
the plane frame shown in the figure is given by:
D k = 14
9. The degree of kinematic indeterminacy of a
plane structure shown in the figure neglecting
axial strain, is :
(a) 27 (b) 36
(c) 54 (d) 24
JPSC AE (Pre) 2019
Ans. (b) :
Degree of kinematic indeterminacy for a rigid plane,
DK = 3J–re – m
= (3 × 15)–9
= 36 [∴Total no, of
indeterminate member, m=0]
13. The kinematic indeterminacy of the plane of
(a) 4 (b) 5 the plane truss shown in the figure is :
(c) 6 (d) 7
Karnataka PSC AE 2017 Paper - II
Ans. (d) :
D k = 3j − m − r = 3 × 6 − 6 − ( 3 + 2 )
= 18 − 6 − 5 = 7
652
 (a) 11 (b) 8 Ans. (d) :
(c) 3 (d) 0
JPSC AE (Pre) 2019
Ans. (a) : Number of joints (J) = 7
For rigid joint plan truss kinematic indeterminacy
= 2j – R
D K = 2 × 7 − (2 + 1) = 14 − 3
[DK = 11]
14. The total (both internal and external) degree of
static indeterminacy of the plane frame shown
Degree of kinematic indeterminacy = 3j – m – r
in the given figure is :
j = no. of joints ; m = no. of members; r = no. of
support reactions. j = 6; m = 6; r = 2 + 2
Degree of kinematic indeterminacy
= 3j – m – r = 3× 6 – 6 – (2 + 2) = 8
17. What is the possible number of independent
(a) 14 (b) 16 mechanism in the portal frame given below
(c) 18 (d) 20
JPSC AE (Pre) 2019
Ans. (c) :
DS = 3m + Re − 3j − rr
= (3 × 15) + (3 + 3 + 3) − (3 × 12) − 0 = 18
15. For the plane frame as shown in the figure
(a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 2 (d) 1
Gujrat AE (Class 1 & 2) 2019

Ans : (c) :

The degree of kinematic indeterminacy

neglecting axial deformation, is -
(a) 3 (b) 5
(c) 7 (d) 9
RPSC AE 2018
ESE 2014 Number of possible locations where of plastic hinges
Ans. (b) : can be formed = n = 4.
Static indeterminacy (Ds) = r
r=5–3=2
Number of independent mechanism
S=n–r
[S = 4 – 2 = 2]
18. Determine the degree of static and kinematic
indeterminacy of the frame structure as shown
Joint = 4 in the figure-
Reaction = 4
Dk = 3J – Re – m' = 3 × 4 – (4 + 3) = 12 – 7 = 5
16. What is the degree of Kinematic indeterminacy
of the frame shown in figure? Neglect axial
deformation.

(a) 14 (b) 12 (a) 15, 8 (b) 12, 12

(c) 10 (d) 8 (c) 12, 10 (d) 15, 9
TNPSC AE 2018 Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I
653
Ans. (c) : Ans. (c) :

Kinematic indeterminacy is KI = 3j – R – m = 3 × 3 – 4 – 2 = 3
Dk = 3j–r–m
21. The statical indeterminacy for the given 3D
= 3 × 10 – 9 – 11 = 10
frame is?
Static indeterminacy
Ds = 3C – R
=3×4–0
= 12
j = No. of joint
r = No. of force
m = No of member
C = no of cuts (UPRVUNL AE 2015)
R' = No of restrained (a) 8 (b) 6
19. A rigid jointed frame with three bays and two (c) 9 (d) 12
stories has two fixed column supports and two Ans : (c)
hinged. The degree of static indeterminacy of
structure is-
(a) 25 (b) 27
(c) 18 (d) 16
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
Ans. (d) : DS = 3C – R1
C = No. of cuts to make structure determinate R1 = No.
of restraints applied to make all joint rigid.
C=6
DS =Dse + Dsi
R' = 2
Dse = rE – 6
DS = 3 × 6 – 2 rE = 6 + 3 + 3 + 6 = 18
Ds = 16 [Dse = 12]
Dsi = 6C – rR = 6 × 1 – 3 ∑(M'–1)
= 6 – 3 [(2–1) + (3–1)]
[Dsi = 6–9 = –3]
∴ Ds = 12 + (–3)
Ds = 9
22. Number of degree of static indeterminacy for
20. The Kinematic Indeterminacy of a frame as
the beam shown below is:
shown is-

(a) -1 (b) 0
(c) 1 (d) 2
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
Ans : (b)

(a) KI = 1 (b) KI = 2
(c) KI = 3 (d) KI = 5
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I Ds = 5 – [3 + 2] = 0
654
23. If there are 'm' unknown member forces, 'r' (a) 4 (b) 6
unknown reaction components and 'j' number (c) 8 (d) 10
of joints then the degree of static Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019
indeterminacy of a pin jointed plane frame is PTCUL AE 2016
given by: UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011
(a) m+r+2j (b) m–r+2j ESE 2012
(c) m+r–2j (d) m+r–3j Ans : (c) 3m + r – 3j
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008] =3×3+5–3×2
Ans : (c) If there are 'm' member in the pin jointed =8
frame, then there will be m internal reactions i.e, axial Or
force in each member Lt, re be the total external support DK = 3j – rE + rR
reactions and at each joint in the truss there are two DK = 3 × 4 – 5 + 1 = 8
equilibrium conditions. 26. A rigid jointed plane frame is stable and
(Σfx = 0 and Σfy = 0. Let there are j number of joint. statically determinate if:
Hence total equilibrium conditions at all joint will be (a) (m+r)=2j (b) (m+r)=3j
2j. (c) (3m+r)=3j (d) (m+3r)=3j
Ds = (m + re) – 2 j = m +re – 2 j Where
24. For the rigid frame shown in figure the statical m = number of unknown member forces
indeterminacy is r= unknown reaction components
j = number of joints
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
Ans : (c) A structure is determinate and stable if
Ds=0
for rigid jointed plane frame Ds is given by
Ds=3m+r – 3j
Where,
(a) 8 (b) 10 m = number of unknown member forces.
(c) 12 (d) 14 r = unknown reaction components
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011] j = number of joints
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (II)] Ds=0
Ans : (b) 3m+r = 3j
27. The degree of static indeterminacy of a pin-
jointed space frame is given by:
(a) m+r–2j (b) m+r–3j
(c) 3m+r–3j (d) m+r+3j
m = number of unknown member forces
r = unknown reaction components
j = number of joints
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008
Static indeterminacy of frame ( Ds ) = 3C − rr WBPSC AE (PHE) 1998
C = No. of Cut to make structure like free structure Ans : (b) The degree of static indeterminacy of a pin-
rr = No. of Additional Released. jointed space frame is given by
= (m'-1) (case of joint Hinge) DS = (m+r) –3j
m'= No. of member meeting at joint 28. A plane frame is statically determinate if
C = 4  (a) 3m+r = 3j+C (b) 3m+C=3j+r
  (c) 3m+C<3j+r (d) 3m+C>3j+r
 m ' = 3 Where
Ds = 3 × C − ( m '− 1) = 3 × 4 − ( 3 − 1) = 12 − 2 = 10 m= No. of members
j = no. of joints
Ds = 10 r= no. of reactions
25. The kinematic indeterminacy (Degree of C= no. of equations of conditions
Freedom) of the frame given below is: [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
Ans : (a) A plane frame is determinate if degree of
static indeterminacy is zero.
PS = Total unknown reactions - Total equation of
equilibrium - additional condition of equilibrium like rr
Ds = (3m + r)–3j–C
for frame to be determinate
DS = 0
3m + r = 3j + C
655
29. The total degree of static indeterminacy of the Ans : (c)
plane frame shown in given figure is

(UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003)

ESE 1999
No. of Reaction (r) = 9
Or
No. of member (m) = 10
What is the static indeterminacy of the 2D
Joint (j) = 9
frame given below?
Degree of static indeterminacy
Dsi = 3 m + r – 3j
= 3 × 10 + 9 – 3 × 9 = 12
DSi = 12
31. If m is number of members; r is reactions; and
j is number of joints then in case of a planar
structure, 3m + r < 3j leads to
(a) stable structure
(a) 10 (b) 11 (b) determinate structure
(c) 12 (d) 15 (c) unstable structure
(LMRC AM 2017 I–Shift) (d) indeterminate structure
LMRC AM 2015 [MPPSC AE 2016]
Ans : (c) Ds = 3m + re − 3j − rr
Ans : (c) Planar structure αs = 3m + r − 3J
m = 12 j = 11 re = 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 12
Stable structure αs > 0,3m + r > 3J
rr = Reaction Released
Unstable structure αs < 0,3m + r < 3J
∑ ( M − 1) = ( 4 − 1)
32. Degree of static indeterminacy of a rigid
=3
jointed plane frame having 15 members, 3
Ds = 3 × 12 + 12 − 3 × 11 − 3 reaction components and 14 joints is-
= 12 (a) 2 (b) 3
Alternative approach (c) 6 (d) 8
Ds = Dse + Dsi GOA PSC Assistant Prof. 2020
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
Dse = re − 3 Haryana PSC AE 2018 Paper–I
= 12 − 3 = 9 Karnataka PSC AE 2017 Paper - II
Dsi = 3C − rr BPSC AE 2012 Paper–V
= 3× 2 − 3 Ans : (c) For plane frame (Rigid jointed)
= 6−3= 3 No. of Member (m) = 15
No. of Reaction (r) = 3
Ds = Dse + Dsi No. of Joints (j) = 14
= 9 + 3 = 12 Degree of static indeterminacy
30. Find the frame Shown in the figure below, the Ds = 3m + r – 3j
indeterminacy is = 3 × 15 + 3 – 3 × 14
=6
33. Which of the followings are indeterminate
structure?
(a) 3-hinged arch (b) continuous beam
(c) redundant frame (d) both (b) and (c)
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
Ans : (d) Both (b) and (c) are indeterminate structure.
(a) 6 (b) 9 34. The kinematic indeterminacy of the plane
(c) 12 (d) 15 frame shown in figure is (disregarding the axial
(JPSC Combined AE Paper V 2013) deformation of the members)
656
 (c) 2 (d) 6
(UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003)
Ans : (b) For static equilibrium of plane structure
following three equation must be satisfied:
(i) ∑Fx = 0
(a) 4 (b) 3 (ii) ∑Fy = 0
(c) 2 (d) 0 (iii) ∑Mz = 0
RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014 For static equilibrium of space (3D) structure
UPPCL AE 2014 following (6) six equation must be satisfied:
Ans : (b) 2D-Frame (disregarding the axial (i) ∑Fx = 0 ∑Mx = 0
deformation) (ii) ∑F y = 0 ∑My = 0
Dk = 3J – Re (iii) ∑F z = 0 ∑Mz = 0
DKF = 3(J – J') – Re + Rr – m 38. The degree of indeterminacy of the following
DK = 3J – Re + Rr beam for general case of loading is :
DK = 3J – Re – m
J = 4, Re = 3+3 = 6, m = 3
DK = 3×4–6–3 = 12 – 9 = 3
Dk = 3 (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
35. The degree of kinematic indeterminacy of the RPSC VPITI 2012
rigid frame with clamped ends at A and D as Ans : (c) Ds = Dsi + Dse
shown in the figure is Dsi = 3C – Rr
C = 0, Rr = 1
DSi = 3 × 0 – 1 = –1
Dsi = –1
Dse = R e − 3
= (3 + 2 + 2) – 3
(a) 7 (b) 5 =4
(c) 6 (d) 4 Ds = Dsi + Dse
RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014 =–1+4=3
Ans : (c) 2D – frame kinematic indeterminacy
D = 3J − R Ds = 3
k e

J=4 Re = 3 + 3 = 6 39. The pin-jointed frame shown in figure is

D k = 4 × 3 − 6 = 12 − 6 = 6
Dk = 6
36. In a statically determinate plane frame the
relationship between member of bars and
joints can be expressed as
(a) j =2n–3 (b) n = 2j–3
(c) j = 3j–2 (d) n = 3j–2
Where n = number of bars, and J = number of (a)
A perfect frame
joints (b)
A redundant frame
RPSC A En. 2013 (c)
A deficient frame
Ans : (b) 2D – frame/ Truss, statically determinate (d)
Both redundant and deficient frame
n + 3 – 2J = 0 UPRVUNL AE 2015
n = 2J − 3 Ans. (a) : M = 2 j - 3 (for perfect frame)
37. The number of equations required to obtain given, j = 6, M = 9
axial force in the members of a statically So,
determinate plane frame is M = 2×6 - 3 = 9
(a) 2 (b) 3 Therefore it will be perfect frame.
(c) 4 (d) 6 40. For any structure, when both ends have roller
RPSC A En. – 2013 supports, then the structure will be
OR (a) stable
The number of independent equations to be (b) unstable
satisfied for static equilibrium of a plane (c) (a) and (b) of the above
structure is (d) none of the above
(a) 1 (b) 3 (UK Combined AE Paper– I, 2012)
657
Ans : (b)

For any structure, when both ends have roller supports

then the structure will be in unstable condition. Roller (a) NS = 6, NK = 11 (b) NS = 4, NK = 6
supports will move in horizontal direction. (c) NS = 6, NK = 6 (d) NS = 4, NK = 4
41. The necessary condition for equilibrium of (UTTRAKHAND AE 2013)
body is Ans : (b)
(a) ΣH = 0
(b) ΣV = 0
(c) ΣM = 0
(d) All of the above
RPSC ACF 2011
Ans : (d) The three static equilibrium condition are–
ΣV = 0, ΣH = 0, ΣM = 0
42. The degree of static indeterminacy of the beam NS = 3C – R'
given below is = 3 × 2 – (1+1) = 4
NK = 3J – r – m
= 3 × 6 – (3+2+2) – 5 = 6
45. The number of unknowns to be determined in
the stiffness method is equal to
(a) zero (b) one (a) static indeterminacy
(c) two (d) three (b) kinematic indeterminacy
TNPSC AE 2018 (c) difference of static and kinematic
ESE 2002 indeterminacy
Ans. (b) : (d) sum of static and kinematic indeterminacy
(e) static indeterminacy/kinematic indeterminacy
CIL MT 2017
Chandigarh AE 2017
UPRVUNL AE 2016
Number of reactions = 3+1+1=5 CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I
Equilibrium equations available = 3+1 (hinge) = 4 ESE 2005
static indeterminacy = 5 – 4 = 1 Ans. (b) : Since, stiffness method is displacement
Or method, so in this method unknown are displacement.
Ds = re + 3m – rr – 3(j – j') Therefore, number of unknown is equal to kinematics
re = 3 + 1 + 1 = 5, m = 3, j = 3, j' = 1, rr = 1 indeterminacy.
∴ Ds = 5 + 9 – 1.0 – 3(3 + 1) = 14 – 1 – 12 46. A two-dimensional structure in general is
[Ds = 1.0] classified as a statically indeterminate structure
43. In the pin-jointed truss shown in the figure, the if it cannot be analyzed by which of the
static degree of indeterminacy is- following equations of equilibrium
(a) Sum of vertical forces is zero
(b) Sum of horizontal forces is zero
(c) Sum of moments of all the forces about any
point in the plane is zero
(d) i, ii & iii above
(a) 2 (b) 1 (e) i & iii above
(c) 3 (d) 4 CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I Ans. (d) : If structure is determinate it is analyzed by
Ans. (c) : static degree of indeterminacy equilibrium equations only - ∑fx = 0, ∑fy = 0, ∑M=0.
DS = M + r – 2 j If structure is not analyzed by using above equation
= 11 + 4 – 2 × 6 = 3 only, then structure is called statically indeterminate
Where, M = Number of member structure.
r = Number of Reaction force 47. The following structures is statically
j = Number of joint indeterminate to the degree of
44. The degree of static indeterminacy NS and (a) Zero (b) One
degree of kinematic indeterminacy, NK for the (c) Two (d) Three
plane frame as shown axial deformation are (e) Five
given by– CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I
658
 Ans. (d) : 51.
The degree of indeterminacy for a fixed beam
is
(a) 1 (b) zero
(c) 3 (d) 2
TNPSC AE 2012
Ans. (d) The degree of indeterminacy for a fixed beam
is 2.
Ds = No. of unknown reaction– static equation
=4–2=2
DS = 3C - R'
52. A redundant frame satisfies the equation
C → Closed loop (a) m = 2j – 3 (b) m < 2j – 3
R' → No. of constrained added to make the given joint (c) m > 2j – 3 (d) none of these
right. TNPSC AE 2012
= 3(3) – (2+2+1+1) Ans. (a) : m = 2j – 3 –perfect frame
= 9–6 m > 2j – 3 –redundant
DS = 3 m < 2j – 3 – deficient
m = Number of member
48. The adjacent frame is indeterminate to the j = Number of joints
degree of
(a) One (b) Two 53. A statically indeterminate structure :
(c) Three (d) Five (a) can be analyzed using equations of
(e) Zero compatibility only
CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I (b) can be analyzed using equations of statics and
compatibility equation
Ans. (c) : (c) can be analyzed using equations of statics
only
(d) cannot be analyzed at all
APPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2020
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2019
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
ESE-2008
Ans. (b) : A statically indeterminate structure can be
analyzed using equations of static equilibrium and
compatibility equation.
DS = 3C – R' 54. What is the Total, External and Internal
= 3(2) – (1+2) indeterminacy of the structure shown below?
= 6–3
DS = 3
49. Static equilibrium equation is
(a) algebraic sum of all the vertical forces are
equal to zero
(b) algebraic sum of all the horizontal forces are (a) Total 1; External 2; Internal (-1)
equal to zero (b) Total 1; External 2; Internal (1)
(c) algebraic sum of all the moments are equal to (c) Total 2; External 1; Internal (1)
zero (d) Total 2; External 1; Internal (-1)
(d) all of these Gujarat PSC AE (N.W.R.) 2020
TNPSC AE 2012 Ans. (a) :
Ans. (d) : All three are static equilibrium equations :
∑ H = 0 
  ⇒ If allthesecondition aresatisfied then
∑ V = 0  memberisinequilibriumcondition
 
∑ M = 0 
50. For a statically determinate structure, the
degree of indeterminacy is equal to
(a) one (b) more than one
(c) zero (d) none of these Total = 1
TNPSC AE 2012 External = 2
Ans. (c) The structure for which the reaction at the internal = –1
supports and internal forces in the members can be Total indeterminacy D = (3m +re) – 3j – Σ(m'– i)
found out by the conditions of static equilibrium. The re = 5
degree of indeterminacy is equal to zero. m =3
659
 J= 4 Ans. (c) : Degree of static indeterminancy for pin
m' = 2 jointed plane frame.
D = (9+5) – 3 ×4 – (2–1)
D=1 Ds = 2 j − r
External indeterminacy E = re – 3 j = no. of unknown joints
= 5–3=2 r = no. of unknown reaction
Internal indeterminacy (I) = D – E 58. If a deformable structure in equilibrium under
=1–2=–1
the action of a system of loads is given a small
55. What will be the degree of static and kinematic virtual deformation, then the virtual work done
indeterminacy for a beam having one end
by the external forces is equal to the virtual
hinge and other end roller?
(a) Zero and three (b) Zero and zero work done by the internal forces. This
(c) Three and three (d) Two and two principle is known as :
LMRC AM 2019 (a) Principle of virtual displacements
Ans. (a) (b) Principle of virtual work
(c) Principle of complimentary work
(d) Principle of complimentary displacements
KPSC AE 2020
Ans. (b) : If a deformable structure in equilibrium
Ds = r e – r under the action of a system of loads is given a small
re = Total Number of independent support reaction. virtual deformation, then the virtual work done by the
r = Total number of available equations of static external forces is equal to the virtual work done by the
equilibrium. internal forces. This principle is known as principle of
re = 3, r = 3
Ds = Static Indeterminacy virtual work.
Ds = 3–3 = 0 59. Which of the following is true example of
Dk = Kinematic Indeterminacy statically determinate beam ?
Dk = 3j – re (a) One end is fixed and other end is simply
re = No. of available support reactions which generate supported
of restrained joint displacement (b) Both the ends are fixed
j = no of joints (c) The beam over hangs over two supports
Dk = 3×2 – 3 (d) The beam is supported on three supports
Dk = 3
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
56. The static indeterminacy of a propped
cantilever beam is equal to : Ans. (c) : An overhanging beam is statically
(a) 3 (b) 2 determinate.
(c) 1 (d) 0 60. What is the kinematics indeterminacy for the
KPSC AE 2020 frame shown below ? (member inextensible) :
Ans. (c) :

Static indeterminacy (Ds) = R- r

R = Total no. of support reaction
R=4
r = No. of equations of static equilibrium available
r=3 (a) 6 (b) 11
Ds = 4-3 = 1 (c) 12 (d) 21
57. The degree of static indeterminacy of a pin Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
jointed plane frame is Ans. (b) : Degree of kinematic indeterminacy for a
Where J - number of unknown joints plane rigid frame having in extensible member is given
r = number of unknown reactions by DK = 3j – re – M.
(a) j – 2r (b) 3j – 2r
Here, joint 'j' = 9
(c) 2j – r (d) 3j– r
Reaction 're' = 3 + 1 + 2 = 6
TANGEDCO AE 2018
member = 10
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
DK = 3 × 9 – 6 – 10
ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2015
[DK = 11]
UPRVUNL AE 2015
660
61. What is the statical indeterminacy for the Dk → Degree of kinematic indeterminacy
frame shown below ? i → no. of joint
re → no. of support reaction
m → member are Axially Rigid/inextensible,
∴ Dk = 3 (6) – 4 – 6
= 18 – 4 – 6
Dk = 8
64. Which of the following are examples of
indeterminate structures?
(a) 12 (b) 15 1. Fixed beam
(c) 11 (d) 14 2. Continuous beam
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I 3. Two-hinged arch
PTCUL AE 2016 4. Beam overhanging on both sides
ESE 2008 Select the correct answer using the codes given
Ans. (c) : Ds = 3C – R' below:
C → no. of cuts. (a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b) 1, 2 and 4 only
R' → no. of restrained required to make rigid frame. (c) 1, 3 and 4 only (d) 2, 3 and 4 only
Ds = 3(4) –1 ESE 2017
= 12 – 1 Ans. (a)
Ds = 11
62. What is the degree of kinetic indeterminacy of
the beam shown below :
Fixed Beam
(a) 2 (b) 3 Reaction = 4
Ds = (r–2)
(c) 4 (d) 5
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I Ds = 2
Ans. (a) :
Dk = 3j – re – m
= 3 (3) – (2+2+2) – (1)
=9–7
Dk = 2 Continuous Beam
63. What is the degree of kinetic indeterminacy of Reaction = 3
the frame shown below if axial deformation is Ds = 1
neglected :

Two hinged arch

Reaction = 4
Ds = 2
(a) 6 (b) 8
(c) 10 (d) 12
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008, 2003
Ans. (b) :
Over hanged beam
Reaction = 2
Ds = 0
65. In a braced cantilever truss, there are 9
members and 5 joints, find out the degree of
static indeterminacy
(a) 1 (b) 5
D k = 3j − re − m (c) 4 (d) 2
DSSSB AE 2019
661
Ans. (d) Degree of static equilibrium: Ans. (c) : Indeterminate structures can be solved by
Dsi = M + re –2J methods-
=9+3–2×5 1. Flexibility method
=2 2. Slope deflection method
66. In a frame there are 'm' unknown member 3. Moment distribution method
forces, 'r' unknown reaction components and 4. Matrix method
'j' number of joints. What is the degree of static 5. Energy method
indeterminacy of pin jointed frames? 6. Displacement method
(a) m+r-3j (b) m+r+2j 71. It can be stated in general that if a statically
(c) m+r-2j (d) m-r+2j indeterminate frame has R redundancy, then it
Rajasthan AE Nagar Nigam Shift-3, 2016 will become statically determinate if the
ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2015 number of plastic hinge formed is
Ans. (c) : m = no. of unknown member forces (a) R (b) R–1
r = unknown reaction components (c) R+ 1 (d) 2R
j = no. of joints UPSC JWM 2017
Therefore, degree of static indeterminacy of pin jointed Ans. (a) : Indeterminacy = R
frame = m+r-2j. determinate Str = 0
67. A pin jointed plane frame of m members and j No. of plastic hinge = R-S
number of joints is unstable if = R-0
(a) (m + r) < 2j (b) (m + r) = 2j =R
(c) (m + r) > 2j (d) None of the above 72. Study the followings statements:
where r = number of reaction components. 1. The displacement method is more useful
WBPSC Poly Lect. 2019 when degree of kinematic indeterminacy is
Ans. (a) : A pin jointed plane frame is unstable if; greater than the degree of static
(m + r) < 2j indeterminacy.
m = no. of members 2. The displacement method is more useful
j = no. of joints when degree of kinematic indeterminacy is
r = no. of reaction components. less than the degree of static
68. When equations of statics are not sufficient to indeterminacy.
determine all the reactive forces at the 3. The force method is more useful when
supports, such beams are called degree of static indeterminacy is greater
(a) statically indeterminate than the degree of kinematic
(b) statically determinate indeterminacy.
(c) Imperfect 4. The force method is more useful when
(d) Defective degree of static indeterminacy is less than
APPSC AEE MAINS 2016 the degree of kinematic indeterminacy.
Ans. (a) : When equations of statics are not sufficient (a) 1 and 3 (b) 2 and 3
to determine all the reactive forces at the supports such (c) 1 and 4 (d) 2 and 4
beams are called statically indeterminate. GOA PSC Assistant Prof. 2020
69. Structures having more reactions than that Ans. (d) : (1) The displacement method is more useful
required for necessary and sufficient conditions are when degree of kinematic indeterminacy is less than
1. Hyperstatic the degree of static indeterminacy.
2. Determinate (2) The force method is more useful when degree of
3. Indeterminate static indeterminacy is less than the degree of
4. Hypostatic kinematic indeterminacy.
(a) Only 1 (b) 1 and 3 73. Which one of the following is the true example
(c) Only 2 (d) 2 and 4 of a statically determinate beam?
GPSC AE March 2018 (a) One end is fixed and other end is simply
Ans. (b) : Hyperstatic and indeterminate structure both supported
have the no. of unknown reactions greater that the (b) Both ends are fixed
known reactions (3 equilibrium conditions). (c) The beam overhangs over two supports
70. Statistically indeterminate beam can be solved (d) The beam is supported on three supports
by : JPSC AE 2009
1. Displacement method ESE 2004
2. Energy Method Ans. (c) Over hanging beam supports are not provided
3. Matrix Method at the ends. An over hangs beam are statically
4. Four moment equation Method determinate beam.
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 2 and 3 74. For a determine pin-jointed plane frame, the
(c) 1, 2 and 3 (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4 relation between the number of joints j and
GPSC AE March 2018 members is given by-
662
 (a) m = 2j – 3 (b) m = 3j – 6 (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) m > 2j – 3 (d) m > 3j – 6 (c) 3 (d) 4
JPSC AE 2009 UKPSC AE (Urban) 2011
Ans. (a) : For a pin-jointed plane frame- Ans. (b) :
Static indeterminacy δi = 0
δ i = m − (2 j − 3)
δi = 0 so, m = 2j – 3
joint j and member m.
75. If 2j > m + r in a plane truss with number of DS = R – r – r1
points 'j' number of members 'm' and number =6–3–1
of reactions 'r' the truss is :
(a) Redundant (b) Determinate DS =2
(c) Stable (d) Unstable 79. In a indeterminate structure, when there is no
OPSC Civil Services Pre 2011 lack of fit, the partial derivative of strain
Ans. (d) Static indeterminacy DS = M + γe – 2j. energy with respect to any redundant
If 2g > m + γ then static indeterminacy is negative it (a) Is zero
means structure is unstable. (b) Will give deflection in the direction of the
76. When a body is in equilibrium undergoes an redundant
infinitely small displacement, work imagined to (c) Will give slope in the direction of the
be done, is known as: redundant
(a) Imaginary work (b) Negative work
(d) Is a maximum
(c) Virtual work (d) None of the above
OPSC Civil Services Pre 2011 Punjab PSC SDE 2016
Ans. (c) : Explanation virtual work – Virtual work is Ans. (a) :
the total work done by the applied forces and the ∑ µi λi
internal forces of a mechanical system as its waves R=
µ 2 Li
through a set of virtual displacement. ∑
Negative work– Negative work is done when an Ai Ei
object moves in opposite direction of the direction of where, λi = lack of fit in any member
application of forces. R = Redundant
77. The degree of redundancy of the structure µi Li
shown is : = strain energy
Ai Ei
∑ µ 2 Li ∑ µi λi
=
TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017 Ai Ei R
Or
What is the degree of indeterminacy of a two when λi = 0 (No lack of fit)
span continuous beam, if the end support is Then derivative becomes zero.
fixed and the other two supports are simply 80. A horizontal beam with both the ends hinged
supported? will be statically determinate for the following
(a) 3 (b) 1 type of loading:
(c) 2 (d) 4 (a) Purely vertical loading
AP (VSS-1) PART - A 2017
(b) Purely inclined loading
Ans. (c) :
(c) Any general loading
(d) Inclined load with moment
Punjab PSC SDE 2016
JUVNL AE 2016
Ans. (a) : The vertical load on a beam does not affect
Degree of redundancy (DS) = R - r its static or kinematic indeterminacy at all.
DS = 5–3 = 2
78. What is the degree of static indeterminacy of
the beam shown in the figure ?
For statically determinate structure, degree of static
indeterminacy should be zero. No stresses due to lack
of fit or differential settlement.
663
81. The degree of static indeterminacy for the 85. The number of independent equations to be
beam as shown in figure will be. satisfied for static equilibrium of a plane
structure is
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
APPSC AEE 2012
ESE 2011
Ans. (c) : The number of independent equation to be
satisfied for static equilibrium of a plane structure is
(a) 0 (b) 1
three
(c) 2 (d) 3
UJVNL AE 2016 86. The structure is
Ans. (a) : Ds = Dse + Dsi
Dse = No. of reaction – No. of equilibrium reactions
=5–3=2
Dsi = –2
[Ds = 2 – 2 = 0] (a) unstable determinate
(b) unstable indeterminate
82. Which one of the following condition has to be
(c) stable determinate
satisfied for both elastic and plastic method of
(d) stable indeterminate externally
analysis of indeterminate structures?
(a) Yield condition BPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2016
(b) Equilibrium condition Ans. (c) :
(c) Mechanism condition
(d) Compatibility condition
UJVNL AE 2016
Dse = re – rr
Ans. (c)Equilibrium condition has to be satisfied for
=5–3–2=0
both elastic and plastic method of analysis of
Dsi = m – (2j – 3) = 3 – (2×4 – 3)
indeterminate structure.
3 – 9 = –6
83. In a spherical dome subjected to concentrated stable and determinate.
load at crown or uniformly distributed load,
87. Unequal settlements in the support of a
the meridional force is always
statically indeterminate structure develop
(a) Zero (b) Tensile (a) member forces
(c) Compressive (d) None of these
(b) reactions at support(s)
APPSC AEE 2012 (c) strains in the members
Ans. (c) : In a spherical dome subjected to (d) no reactions
concentrated load at crown or uniformly distributed BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
load, the meridional force is always compressive. The Ans. (b) : For indeterminate structures, due to unequal
primary stresses induced in the dome are a
settlements of supports, redundant forces will develop
compressive force acting along the meridian, called the and it can be solved by removing redundant forces as
meridional thrust.
converting it to determinate structure.
84. What is the degree of static indeterminacy of 88. If in a Pin jointed plane frame (m+r)> 2j, then
the structure shown in figure?
the frame is
(a) Stable and statically indeterminate
(b) Stable and statically determinate
(c) Unstable
(d) Unstable and statically indeterminate
GPSC AE June 2019
Ans. (a) : A a pin jointed plane frame (m+r) > 2J, then
(a) 1 (b) 2 the frame is stable and statically indeterminate.
(c) 3 (d) 4 89. Consider the following:
APPSC AEE 2012 1. In addition to equilibrium equations,
Ans. (c) : compatibility equations are also required
for solving indeterminate structure.
2. A fixed beam (two ends are fixed) is a
kinematically determinate structure.
(a) Both 1 and 2 are correct
(b) Both 1 and 2 are wrong
(c) Only 1 is correct
Degree of static = R – E (d) Only 2 is correct
indeterminacy = 6 – 3 = 3 APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
664
 Ans. (a) : For analysing statically indeterminate Ans. (c) : If the reaction forces can be calculated using
structures both equilibrium and compatibility equilibrium equations alone, the it called as statically
equations are required. determinate.
Fixed beam has no degree of freedom. If the reaction forces can't be calculated using
∴ It is kinematically determinate beam. equilibrium equation alone, then it is called as
90. Find out the Static indeterminacy of the beam statically indeterminate.
in the figure below

(a) 0 (b) 2 No. of reaction = 3

(c) 3 (d) 6 No. of equilibrium equation = 3
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019 structure is determinate .
Ans. (b) : If not given in a problem consider general 94. A perfect frame should satisfy the relation
loading on a beam. (a) m = 2j – 3 (b) m = 2j – 4
The beam is indeterminate by = 2 degree (c) m = 3j – 2 (d) m = 3j – 3
Or APPSC (PHE) AE Paper-2 2012
Ds = R – release – equilibrium equation Ans. (a) : A perfect frame should satisfy the relation–
Ds = 6 – 1 –3 = 2 m = 2j–3
91. In 3-dimension, how many degrees of freedom 95. Which of the following are the statically
does a fixed support have? determinate beams?
(a) 0 (b) 2 (a) Cantilevers
(c) 3 (d) 6 (b) Simply Supported Beam
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019 (c) Overhanging beams
Ans. (a) : For a fixed support DOF = 0 (d) All of the above
92. Degree of static indeterminacy for the frame APPSC (PHE) AE Paper-2 2012
shown below is Ans. (d) : A beam is said to be statically determined if
all its reaction components can be calculated by
applying three condition of statical equilibrium.
i.e, ΣV = 0, ΣH = 0 and ΣM=0
Ex. Cantilever beam, simply supported beam (SSB)
and overhanging beams etc.
96.

(a) 8 (b) 7
(c) 6 (d) 5 What is the degree of kinematic indeterminacy
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I of the beam shown in fig.1 above
Ans. (a) (a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 5 (d) 9
MPPSC AE 2014
Ans. (c)

 total possible 
 total 
DS = 3C – R – 2 (m-1) D k =  DOF (total unrestrained  −  
Restrained
DS = 3 × 4– (1+2+3) – 2× (2 – 1)  DOF possible)   
DS = 5
C = number of cut of open (tree like structure) ∴ D K = [ 3 × 3] − [ 2 + 1 + 1]
R = number of restrains to make joint rigid fixed DK = 5
m = number of member joint in hinge
93. Which of the following is NOT an example of 97. What is the degree of indeterminacy for the
indeterminate structure ? beam shown in Figure ?
(a) Continuous beam
(b) Two hinged arch
(c) Simply supported beam with overhanging on
both the sides (a) 4 (b) 6
(d) Fixed beam (c) 3 (d) 7
BHEL ET 2019 CIL MT 2020
665
 Ans. (a) : 102. If a structure has three degrees of
indeterminacy, then what would be the number
of plastic hinges that would be formed at
complete collapse?
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
UPRVUNL AE 2014
R=3+1+3=7
Ans. (d) : Number of plastic hinges = degree of
indeterminacy = R – 3
= 7–3 indeterminacy + 1 = 3 + 1 = 4
=4 103. Consider the following:
98. In Deflection of determinate structure, the 1. In addition to equilibrium equations,
principle of virtual work and energy states that compatibility equations are also required
(a) Work of internal forces / work of external for solving indeterminate structure.
loads = 0 2. A fixed beam (two ends are fixed) is a
(b) work of external loads is equal to work of kinematically determinate structure.
internal forces (a) Both 1 and 2 are correct
(c) work of external loads is not equal to work of (b) Both 1 and 2 are wrong
internal forces (c) Only 1 is correct
(d) work of external loads/ work of internal (d) Only 2 is correct
forces = 0
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
DMRC AM 2020
Ans. (b) : The principle of virtual work and energy Ans. (a) : For analysing statically indeterminate
states that : structures both equilibrium and compatibility
work of external load = work of internal load. equations are required.
99. Ordinary moment resisting frames should not Fixed beam has no degree of freedom.
be used in seismic : ∴ It is kinematically determinate beam.
(a) zones IV, V 104. Find out the Static indeterminacy of the beam
(b) Zone II in the figure below
(c) zone III with importance factor greater than 1
(d) zone II, III
(e) can used in all 5 zones
CGPSC AE 2017 (a) 0 (b) 2
Ans. (a) Ordinary moment resisting frames should not (c) 3 (d) 6
be used in seismic : zones IV, V APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
100. A continuous beam has a fixed end at support Ans. (b) : If not given in a problem consider general
A and roller support at B and C. What will be loading on a beam.
the degree of redundancy of the structure?
The beam is indeterminate by = 2 degree
(a) 3 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 4 105. The beam of triangular cross-section as shown
(e) 6 in the figure below, is subjected to pure
CGPSC AE 2017 bending. If a plastic hinge develops at a section,
Ans. (c) determine the location of neutral axis (distance
Total no. of reaction (r) = 3+1+1 = 5 b from top) at that section. The beam material
Total no. of equilibrium equation (e) = 3 is elastic-perfectly plastic (i.e., yield stress is
degree of redundancy = r - e constant)
= 5 -3
=2
101. A statically determinate structures:
(a) Cannot be analysed without the correct
knowledge of modulus of elasticity
(b) Must necessarily have roller support at one of
its ends
(c) Requires only statical equilibrium equations
for its analysis h h
(d) None of the above (a) (b)
3 2
Haryana PSC AE 2017
ESE 2008 h h
(c) (d)
Ans. (c) : A statically determinate structures requires 2 3
only statical equilibrium equations for its analysis. APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
666
Ans. (c) : Consider BC part
(4)(2)
SFB = RB = = 1.33 kN
6
BMB = 0 (at hinge moment is zero)
108. A portal frame ABCD is fixed at supports A
and D as shown in figure. By neglecting axial
deformation, determine the kinematic
Ac = At indeterminacy of this frame :
1 1 1 
× b × b1 =  × 2h × h 
2 2 2 
h2
b1 =
b (a) 1 (b) 2
from similar triangles (c) 3 (d) 6
b → b1 HPPSC Poly. Lect. 2016
h → 2h Ans : (c)
b × 2h = b1h
b
b= 1
2
h2
b=
b×2
h2
b2 =
2
h
b=
2 re = 6, m = 3, j = 4
106. In 3-dimension, how many degrees of freedom D k = 3j − re − m
does a fixed support have?
(a) 0 (b) 2 = 3 × 4 – 6 – 3 = 12 – 9
(c) 3 (d) 6
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
Ans. (a) : For a fixed support DOF = 0
109. If structure cannot be analyzed for external
107. Calculate the shear force and bending moment
and internal reactions using static equilibrium
at point B for the beam AB subjected to
conditions alone, such a structure is:
linearly varying load as shown in the figure.
(a) Concrete structures
The value of the linearly varying load at the
(b) Indeterminate structure
point is 6 kN/m and 4 kN/m, respectively. Point
(c) Determinate structure
B is an internal hinge.
(d) Steel structures
IRCON AE 2017
Ans. (b) : A structure is statically indeterminate when
the static equilibrium equation (force and moment
equilibrium conditions) are insufficient for
determining the internal forces and reactions on that
(a) 2.67 kN and 0 kN-m structure.
(b) 4 kN and 0 kN-m
110. The moment need to produce a unit rotation at
(c) 4 kN and 1.33 kN-m
one end of a member if the other end of the
(d) 1.33 kN and 0 kN-m
member is fixed is known as:
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
(a) Rotational Stiffness (b) Deflection
Ans. (d) : (c) Flexural Stiffness (d) Deformation
IRCON AE 2017
Ans. (a) : Rotational stiffness is the ratio of the applied
moment to the angular rotation. For unit rotation, the
moment is equal to the rotational stiffness if the other
M
end of member is fixed. K =
θ
667
111. "The first partial derivative of the total 1
internal energy in a structure with respect to H∝
the force applied at any point is equal to the R2
deflection at the point of application of that Where,
force in the direction of the its line of action". H = Horizontal thrust
This principle is known as : EI = Flexural Rigidity
(a) Castigliano's First Theorem ∝ = Temperature coefficient of material
(b) Castigliano's Second Theorem T = Temperature
(c) Castigliano's Third Theorem R = Radius of arch
(d) None of the above 114. The maximum tension in a cable occurs
GPHC AE 2018 (a) at the highest point in the cable
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I] (b) at the lowest point in the cable
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008] (c) at the centre of the cable
Ans : (b) Castigliano's second theorem : The first (d) at all point in the cable
Partial derivation of the total Internal Energy in TNPSC AE 2019
structure with respect to the force applied at any point is Ans. (a)
equal to the deflection at the point of application of that
force in the direction of its line of action.
∂E
=∆
∂F
– Castigliano's second theorem :
∂E •The maximum tension in cable occur at the height
Where : = Partial derivative of Internal Energy point of the cable i.e. point A and B
∂F
W.R.T. force applied.  WL L2 
∆ = Deflection at the point. Tmax = 1+ 
 2 16d 2 
112. The kinematic indeterminacy of the 2-D portal
frame shown in Fig. 3 including axial •The minimum tension in cable occur at the lowest
deformations is ______ point at 'C'
[ Tmin = TC = H ]
115. A 3 hinged circular arch hinged at springing
and crown points has a span of 40 m and a
central rise of 8 m. It carries a uniformly
distributed load 20 kN/m over the left half of
the span together with a concentrated load of
(a) 6 (b) 11 100 kN at 30 m away from left end support.
(c) 8 (d) 9 Find the horizontal component of reaction
TSPSC Deputy Engineer 2015 developed at left end support.
Ans. (d) : For axial deformation – (a) 364.5 kN (b) 235.5 kN
=3j–r (c) 371.5 kN (d) 312.5 kN
UPPCL AE 2019
=3×5–6
=9 Ans. (d) : ∑ V = 0
R A + R B = 400 + 100
2. Arches & Suspension Bridges = 500 kN __________ (i)

113 . The horizontal thrust due to rise in

temperature in a semi-circular two hinged arch
of radius R is proportional -
(a) R (b) R2
(c) I/R (d) I/R2
Rajasthan VP ITI 2018
PTCUL AE 2016
APPSC AEE 2012
Ans. (d) : In semi circular two hinged arch, the ∑ MB = 0
horizontal thrust due to rise in temperature is RA × 40 – 400 × 30 –100 × 10 = 0
proportional to 1/ R 2 RA × 40 – 12000 – 1000 = 0
RA × 40 = 13000
4EI ∝ T RA = 325kN
H=
πR 2 from equation (i)
668
 RA + RB = 500 kN y h 4h
RB = 175 kN K= 2
= 2
=
x ( L / 2) L2
4h
∴y = x2
L2
dy 8h
∴ = x
dx L2
Consider an element of length ds of the curve having
taking moment about C co-ordinates x an y. The total length S of the curve is
HA × 8 – 325 × 20 + 400 × 10 = 0 given by :
HA × 8 = 2500 L L/2 1/ 2
  dy  2 
H A = 2500
8 ∫
S = ds = 2
0
∫
0
1 +   
dx
   
HA = 312.5 kN
L/2 1/ 2
116. The influence line for horizontal thrust in two-  64h 2 2 
hinged parabolic arch is
(a) parabolic (b) cubic
S=2 ∫0
1 + 4 x 
 L 
dx

(c) triangular (d) rectangular 1/ 2

 64h 2 
BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I Expending 1 + 4 x 2  by binomial theorem and
GPSC AE June 2019  L 
Ans. (a) : The influence line diagram for Horizontal
thrust in a two hinged parabolic arch is Parabolic. h2
neglecting higher power of x 2 , we get:
L4
L/2
 1 64h 2 
W sin 2 θ
S=2 ∫ 1 + 2
0
L4
x 2 + ...... dx

Horizontal thrust (H) =
π 
L/2
32h 2 3 
117. Maximum sag (or) Dip of the cable varies = 2 x + x 
from_______of horizontal span.  3L4  0
1 1 1 1
(a) to (b) to  L 4 h 2 L3 
5 10 10 15 = 2 + 4 
1 1 1 1  2 3 L 
(c) to (d) to
15 20 20 25 8h 2
TNPSC AE 2019 S= L+
3L
1 1
Ans. (b) Dip or Sag of Cable Varies from  to  of 119. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
 10 15  (i) Magnification factor is minimum at resonance
Horizontal span (ii) The maximum value of amplification factor
118. If the span and dip of a parabolic cable are L increases as damping factor decreases
and h respectively. then the length of the cable (iii) The maximum value of amplification factor
is approximately equal to- increases as damping factor increases
3 3 (iv) Magnification factor is maximum at
(a) L + h (b) L + h
8 8 resonance
3 h2 8 h2 (a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (iii)
(c) L + (d) L + (c) (ii) and (iv) (d) Only (ii)
8 L 3 L GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I
Ans : (c) : Magnification factor is maximum at
Ans. (d) : resonance
Length of the cable (both ends at the same level) ;
• The maximum value of amplification factors
y = kx2
increase as damping factor increases.
120. Bending moment in a parabolic arch when
subjected to a uniformly distributed load along
its horizontal span is:
(a) sagging always (b) hogging always
L (c) zero always (d) sagging or hogging
At, A, x = and y = h
2 [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)]
669
Ans : (c) A parabolic arch either two hinged or three thrust 'T' at the section under the load if the
hinged subjected to UDL over entire span is free from horizontal thrust is H and vertical reaction V is
bending moment. (a) H cosθ – V sinθ (b) H sinθ+V costθ
(c) H cosθ + V sinθ (d) H sinθ – V cosθ
TNPSC AE 2019
Ans. (c) Parabolic – 3 Hinge → BM & radial shear is
always (zero).

Ds = 3–3=0 (Determine & Stable)

121. A three-hinged parabolic arch of span 16 m

and rise 4 m is subjected to a vertical
downward concentrated load of 80 KN quarter
span. The horizontal reaction at A will be For Normal thrust:- (T)
(JPSC Combined AE Paper V 2013) T = Vx Sinθ + Nx Cosθ
OR For Radial Shear (R)
The three hinged arch shown in figure will R = Vx Cosθ – Hx Sinθ
have the Horizontal Thrust (H) of
123. A three hinged arch (parabolic) of span 'L' and
crown rise 'h' carries a uniformly distributed
super imposed load of intensity 'W' per unit
length. The hinges are located on two
abutments at the same level. The third hinge is
at a quarter span from the left abutment. The
horizontal thrust on the abutment is
(a) 20 kN (b) 30 kN WL2 WL2
(a) (b)
(c) 40 kN (d) 50 kN 4h 6h
2
TNPSC AE 2018 WL WL2
ESE 2018 (c) (d)
8h 12h
OPSC Civil Services Pre 2011 TNPSC AE 2019
Ans. (c) : ESE 2003
Ans. (c)

∑MA = 0 3-hinged arch-parabolic,

80 × 4 - VB × 16 = 0 wl
RA = RB =
VB = 20 kN 2
∑ MC = 0 from right half ∑ MC = 0
VB × 8 – H × 4 = 0 wl l wl 2
H = 40 kN H × h − × + =0
2 2 8
122. A three hinged parabolic arch of span 'Lm' and
wl 2
central rise 'Yc' carries a point load W at 'x'm H =
horizontally from the left hinge. The normal 8h
670
124. For a pin jointed frame at points A, B and C, L
the horizontal component of reaction at A is − VB × L + wL × =0
2
(a) 11.25 kN acting towards right wL
(b) 11.25 kN acting towards left VB =
(c) 15 kN acting towards right 2
(d) 15 kN acting towards left wL
VA =
(e) 7 kN acting towards right 2
CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I wl wx 2
Ans. (b) : Mx = ×x −
2 2
4h
yx = 2 x (l − x )
l
l
∫ µy dx
Horizontal thrust (H) = 0 { µ = M x}
l 2
∫0 y dx
l  wlx wx 2  4h
∫0  −  x ( l − x ) dx
 2 2  l 2
=
∑MC = 0 l  4h
2

⇒ RA × 6 – 15 (3) = 0 ∫ x ( l − x )  dx
0 2
l 
⇒ RA = 7.5 kN
∑MB = 0 of left part of frame
RA × 3 + 15 × 3 + HA × 6 = 0
4h
2
×
w l
2 ∫0
( )
lx − x 2 x ( l − x ) dx
= l
7.5 × 3 + 15 × 3 2
HA = −  4h  l 2
6  2  ∫0  x ( l − x )  dx
HA = – 11.25 kN l 
i.e. direction of horizontal reaction is towards left. w  4h  l
 2  ∫0 ( lx − x ) dx
2

2 l
=  2
125. Radial Shear (Sx) for three hinge arch is given
by:  4h  l
 2  ∫0 ( lx − x )
2
(a) R A .x − H y (b) R A cos θ − H sin θ
l 
(c) R A sin θ + H cos θ (d) R A sin θ − H cos θ
wl 2
APPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2020 H=
8h
Ans. (b) Radial shear (Sx) = R A cos θ − H sin θ
127. A three-hinged symmetrical parabolic arch is
and Normal shear (Nx) = R A sin θ + H cos θ subjected to a u.d.l. of w per unit run over the
RA and H are important for the design of the cross- whole span. Then the bending moment is zero
section of the arch. at
126. A two-hinged parabolic arch is subjected to (a) supports (b) quarter spans
u.d.l. w over entire span. Then the horizontal (c) crown (d) All the three above
thrust is Maharashtra PSC AE (Mains) 2012 Paper–I
2 Ans : (d) The bending moment in an arch throughout
wl 2 wl the span will be zero, if–
(a) (b)
3h 4h • The arch is parabolic.
wl 2
wl 2 • The arch carries UDL throughout the span.
(c) (d) 128. A three hinged arch is hinged at supports and :
6h 8h
(a) at one quarter span (b) at the crown
GPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2016 (c) anywhere in arch (d) none of the above
GPSC R&B AE 2016 (UKPSC AE (Paper–I) 2007)
Maharashtra PSC AE (Mains) 2012 Paper–I
Ans : (b) A three hinged arch is hinged at supports and
Ans : (d) at the crown.
129. A three hinged parabolic arch is subjected to a
udl of 30 kN/m on the left half of the span. It
has a span of 16 m and central rise of 3 m. The
horizontal thrust at the left support will be :
(a) 80 kN (b) 120 kN
(c) 182.3 kN (d) 160 kN
Taking moment at point A KPSC AE 2020
671
 Ans. (d) : 132. A horizontal semi-circular beam of radius 'R'
is fixed at the ends and carries a uniformally
distributed load 'w' over the entire length. The
bending moment at the fixed supports is:
wR 2 wR 2
(a) (b)
4 3
2
wR
(c) (d) wR2
2
Taking moment about B [UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
Σ MB = 0 TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012
RA ×16 – 30 × 8 × 12 = 0 Ans : (c)
RA ×16 = 30 × 8 × 12
30 × 8 × 12
RA =
16
RA = 180 kN
WR 2
Taking moment about C B.M. at fixed support =
Σ MC = 0 2
–HA × 3 + RA × B – 30 × 8 × 4 = 0 133. The horizontal component of reaction at both
HA × 3 = RA × 8 – 30 × 8 × 4 lower end of a 3-hinged arch is known as
HA × 3 = 180 × 8 – 30 × 8 × 4 (a) thrust (b) pull
(c) bending (d) shear
HA × 3 = 1440 - 960 [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
HA = 480/3
HA = 160 kN Ans : (a) The horizontal component of reaction at
supports of an arch either three hinge, two hinge or
130. An arch resists loads by developing : fixed arch is known as thrust.
(a) axial thrust only
134. A two hinged semi circular arch of radius, R,
(b) axial thrust and shear
carries a concentrated load, N, at the crown.
(c) shear and bending moment The horizontal thrust is:
(d) axial thrust, shear and bending moment WBPSC Poly Lect. 2019
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)] TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017
Ans : (d) Primarily the arches are compression OR
members but is often subjected to BM and shear along A two-hinged semi-circular arch of radius 'a'
with axial thrust. carrying a concentrated load 'P' at the crown
131. A point load 'W' is acting at a distance 'a' from develops horizontal thrust equal to:
the left support of a three hinged arch of span UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008
2ℓ and rise 'h' hinged at the crown. The Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I
OR
horizontal reaction at the support is: A two hinged semicircular arch of radius R
(a) Wa/h (b) Wa/2h carries a concentrated load W at the crown, the
(c) 2W/ha (d) 2h/Wa horizontal thrust is
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
W 4W 2W W
Ans : (b) (a) (b) (c) (d)
2π 3π 3π π
(UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003)
Ans : (d) For two hinged semi-circular arch with load
W applied at any section, the radius vector
corresponding the horizontal

∑MA = 0
W×a – RB × 2l =0
 Wa 
 R B = 2l 
For horizontal thrust, moment at crown 'C' W 2
Th × h – RB × l = 0 H= sin α
π
 Wa  when load is at crown,
Th × h −  l = 0
 2l  α = 900
Wa W
Th = ∴ H=
2h π
672
135. A three-hinged semi-circular arch of radius 'a' 137. A two-hinged parabolic arch of span 'L' and
is subjected to uniformly distributed load of 'w' rise 'h' carrying a concentrated load 'P' at the
per unit length on the whole span 'L'. The crown, will have horizontal thrust equal to:
horizontal thrust will be given by : 128 P.h 25 P.h
(a) (b)
wL 25 L 128 L
(a) (b) wL
2 128 PL 25 PL
(c) (d)
wa 25 h 128 h
(c) (d) wa LMRC AM 2019
2
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008 Ans : (d)
ESE 1997
Ans : (c)

We know the horizontal thrust in two hinged parabolic

arch subjected to concentrated load W at crown in
By symmetry R A = R B = wa which moment of Inertia ( I ) = I0 sec θ is given by
Mc = 0 25 wl
H=
a 128 h
RA × a − H × a − w × a × = 0
2 w=p
 wa  25 PL
a  RA − H −  =0 H= ×
 2  128 h
wa 138. A two-hinged arch is :
or R A − H − =0 (a) statically determinate
2 (b) statically indeterminate by one degree
wa wa (c) statically indeterminate by 2 degrees
H = RA − =
2 2 (d) geometrically unstable
wa [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)]
H= Ans : (b)
2
136. A two hinged parabolic arch is subjected to a
temperature rise of toC, then the horizontal
thrust at support will:
(a) Increases
(b) decrease
(c) remains same
(d) first increase then decrease For two hinged arch
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011] DS = γ e − 3
Ans : (a) Two hinge arch is an indeterminate structure γe = 4
if two hinge arch is unloaded then there will be no
DS = 4 − 3
horizontal thrust, but on heating horizontal thrust will
produce increase in horizontal thrust. DS = 1
∴ A two hinged arch is statically indeterminate to one
degree.
139. The horizontal thrust at support A in a three
hinged arch shown in the given figure is

ℓ∝t αtlEI
H= = l
y 2ds 2
∫ EI ∫0 y ds
673
 (a) 5kN (b) 10kN Ans : (a) The line of thrust in a parabolic arch is
(c) 15kN (d) 20kN parabolic.
(UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003)
Ans : (b) ΣFY= 0;
RA+RB = 2×10
ΣMB = 0;
RA×20–2×10×15 = 0
RA= 15kN(↑)
144. In two-hinged arch, how many unknown forces
RB = 5kN (↑) exist?
MC = 0 from left (a) One unknown (b) Two unknown
RA×10–H×5–10×2×5= 0 (c) Three unknown (d) Four unknown
15×10–10×2×5= 5H MPPSC AE 2017
5H = 150 – 100 = 50 Ans. (d) :
H = 10kN(→)
140. Three hinged arches are statically......structure.
(a) determinate (b) indeterminate
(c) stoic (d) none of these
(BPSC AE Paper V 2001)
Ans : (a)
→ Three hinged arches are statically determinate The two-hinged arch is statically indeterminate of first
structure. degree. It can be transformed into a primary structure
→ Two hinged arches are statically indeterminate either by removing the horizontal reaction component
structure. or by introducing a hinge at crown.
141. A two hinged arch of span 40m carries a point Four unknown reactions – HA, HB, VA and VB.
load of 62.8 kN at its crown. The thrust in the 145. If load system applied on the arch is entirely
arch is (in kN) vertical the horizontal thrust at each of the
(a) 20 (b) 40 supports must be-
(c) 31.0 (d) 62.8 (a) Same (b) Different
(BPSC AE Paper V 2001) (c) Zero (d) None of the above
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
Ans : (a)
Ans. (a) :

Only vertical loading, no horizontal loading,

∑H =0
Horizontal thrust at each support– H A − HB = 0
W 62.8
H= = = 20KN HA = HB
π 3.14 146. For a single-point load W moving on
H = 20KN symmetrical 3-hinged parabolic arch of span L,
the maximum sagging moment occurs at a
142. In three hinged arch, maximum hogging
distance x from ends. The value of x is
moment occurs when, the point load is at:
(a) 0.211L (b) 0.25L
(a) springing (b) crown
(c) 0.34L (d) 0.5L
(c) quarter span (d) the section itself
BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
Ans. (a) : Considering a three hinged parabolic arch of
Ans : (b) In three hinged arch, maximum hogging
span l and subjected to a moving point load W, the
moment occurs when, the point load is at crown.
position of the point load for,
143. The line of thrust in a parabolic arch is:
→ Maximum negative bending moment is 0.25 l from
(a) Parabolic (b) Circular
end supports.
(c) Triangular (d) Funicular Polygon
→ Maximum positive bending moment is 0.211 l from
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
end supports.
UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I
674
147. A symmetrical two-hinged parabolic arch when Ans. (a) : Eddy's theorem is valid only for vertical
subjected to a uniformly distributed load on load. For 3-hinged arch its states that the bending
the entire horizontal span, is subjected to moment at any section an arch is proportional to the
(a) radial shear alone vertical intercept between the linear arch and the centre
(b) normal thrust alone line of actual arch.
(c) normal thrust and bending moment 150. In a two-hinged arch, an increase in
(d) normal thrust, radial shear and bending temperature induces
moment Or
BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I A temperature rise in a two hinged symmetric
Punjab PSC SDE 2016 and parabolic arched rib causes
MPPSC AE 2014 (a) no bending moment in the arch rib
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003 (b) the uniform bending moment in the arch rib
Ans. (b) : A two hinged parabolic arch carries a UDL (c) the maximum bending moment at the crown
of w per unit run on entire span then it is subjected to (d) the minimum bending moment at the crown
normal thrust alone. BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I
APPSC AE 2016 (Mains)
Ans. (c) Increase in temperature in a two hinged arch
(degree of indeterminacy one) will cause horizontal
thrust only. Moment due to horizontal thrust is 'Hy'.

4 WR
normal thrust (H) = So, maximum B.M. will be at crown as crown has
3 π maximum value of y.
148. For a 2-hinged arch, if one of the supports 151. A parabolic arched rib, of span 30 m, is hinged
settles down vertically, then the horizontal at the springing and crown and is having a
thrust central rise of 5 m. If the coefficient of thermal
(a) is increased (b) is decreased expansion for the arch material is 12×10-6 per
(c) remains unchanged (d) becomes zero 0
C, the effect of a temperature rise of 300C is
BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I (a) to cause thermal stresses
Ans. (b) : 1. When the abutments are at same level (b) to cause thermal stresses as well as a central
rise of 18 mm
(c) to cause a central rise of 18 mm
(d) to cause no effect on the structure
2. When the abutments settle down vertically APPSC AE 2016 (Mains)
Ans. (c) :

Given, α = 12×10–6 /oC, h = 5m, ∆T = 300 oC, l = 30m

' '
V and V will try to rotate the beam in clockwise
1 2
dh = Rise due to temperature change
' '
direction. So, that the horizontal thrust H1 and H 2 4h 2 + l 2
= × α × ∆T
will developed in such a way that it will rotate the 4h
beam in anticlockwise rotation. 100 + 900
So, net horizontal thrust: = × 12 ×10−6 × 300
20
HA = H1 – H1' = 0.18m = 180mm
HB = H2 – H '2 152. The reaction locus for a two hinged
149. The Eddy's theorem is valid for semicircular arch is
(a) Vertical loads only (a) a horizontal line parallel to the span
(b) Horizontal loads only (b) a parabolic curve
(c) Dynamic loads only (c) a cycloid
(d) All loads (d) a elliptical curve
APPSC AE 2016 (Mains) TNPSC AE 2018
675
 Ans. (a) : Reaction locus of two hinged semicircular concentrated loads of 160 kN and 100 kN at 5
arches: m and 10 m from the right end. The horizontal
• Reaction locus is straight line parallel to the line thrust will be nearly
πR (a) 446 kN (b) 436 kN
joining abutments and height at (c) 428 kN (d) 418 kN
2 ESE 2019
Ans. (c)

Σ MB = 0
Va ×2R = WR (1 + Cos θ) Taking moment about 'B' :
ΣM B = 0
w
Va = (1 + cos θ ) VA × 30–60×15×22.5–100×10–160×5 = 0
2 30VA = 1000+800+20250
w 30VA = 22050
H = sin 2 θ
π [VA = 735kN]
πR ΣMC = 0 (LHS)
PE = (constant) VA×15–60×15×7.5–HA×10 = 0
2
Reaction locus of semicircular two hinged arch is 735×15–60×15×7.5–HA×10 = 0
straight line. 10HA = 11025 – 6750
10HA = 4275
153. Which method is suitable for analyzing a beam
when the degree of kinematic indeterminacy is HA = 427.5kN
less than degree of static indeterminacy? H A = 428kN
(a) Strain energy method 156. Which of the following statements are correct
(b) Virtual work method in respect of temperature effect on a load-
(c) Slope deflection method carrying three-hinged arch?
(d) Castigliano's theorem (method of least work) 1. No stresses are produced in a three-hinged
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019 arch due to temperature change alone.
Ans : (c) : When (Dk < Ds) i.e., Kinematic 2. There is a decrease in horizontal thrust due
indeterminacy is less than static indeterminacy then it is to rise in temperature
displacement stiffness method:- 3. There is an increase in horizontal thrust due
(1) Moment distribution method to rise in temperature.
(2) Slope deflection method (a) 1 and 2 only (b) 1 and 3 only
(3) Potential energy (c) 2 only (d) 3 only
(4) Kani's method ESE 2019
154. For a redundant frame if number of members Ans. (a)
is m and number of joints is j then which of the A three hinged arch has two hinges at abutments and one
following relations will be satisfied? hinge at the crown. It is a statically determinate structure.
(a) m > (2j – 3) (b) m < (2j – 3) Increase in temperature causes increase in the length of
(c) m < 2(j – 3) (d) m > 2(j – 3) the arch since the hinge at crown is not connected to any
Kerala PSC AE 2015 permanent object. Increase in the rise of the arch equals
Ans. (a) : Degree of static indeterminacy = m + r – 2J  ℓ 2 + 4h 2 
Dse= Degree of external indeterminacy = r–3
Where,


∫ 4h
αT 

Three is known reaction (ΣFx = 0 ΣFy = 0 and ΣM = 0) Stresses are not produced in the arch due to the
Ds = Dsi + Dse temperature change alone.
m + r – 2j = Dsi + (r –3) The decrease in the horizontal thrust due to the rise in
Dsi = m –(2j + 3) temperature is given by :
Condition– dh
M > (2J–3) – Redundant truss
dH = – (H)
h
M = (2J–3) – Balanced, perfect truss Where,
M < (2J–3) – Deficient truss dh = Increase in rise of arch due to rise in temperature.
155. A three-hinged arch has a span of 30 m and a h = Rise of arch before the temperature increase.
rise of 10 m. The arch carries UDL of 60 kN/m H = Horizontal thrust due to loading before rise in
on the left half of its span. It also carries two temperature.
676
157. A three-hinged parabolic arch ABC has a span Ans. (d)
of 20 m and a central rise of 4.0 m. The arch ■ The load transfer in an arch is not only by cohesion
has hinges at the ends and at the crown. A between mortar particles but other parameters are
train of two point loads of 20 kN and 10 kN, 5m also to be considered.
apart, crosses this arch from left to right, with ■ In the arch there will be only axial compression
20 kN load leading. The maximum thrust therefore the failure is by crushing of voussoir
induced at the supports is material.
(a) 25.0 kN (b) 28.13 kN 159. A three hinged arch of span 'L' and central rise
(c) 31.25 kN (d) 32.81 kN 'h' is subjected to a UDL of KN/m throughout
ESE 2017 its span the bending moment at point L/4 from
Ans. (c) left support will be:
wL2 3wL2
(a) (b)
4H 32
wL2
(c) (d) zero
8h
DSSSB AE 2019
Ans. (d)

■ So, ΣM = 0 at A
⇒ RB × 20 = 20x + 10 (x–5)
20RB = 20x + 10x – 50
20RB = 30x – 50
[RB = 1.5x – 2.5]
Taking moment about 'C'
ΣMC = 0
4h
RB × 10 = H × 4 y= x(L − x)
10 L2
 
 H = 4 (1.5x – 2.5 )  at x =
l
  4
H is linear function of x. 4h L  L  4h L 3L
So, value of H will be maximum when x = 0. y = 2 . L −  = 2 . ×
or at x = 10 (max value of x). L 4 4 L 4 4
at x = 10 3h
y=
10 4
H= (1.5 ×10 – 2.5 ) wL2
4
HA = HB =
10 8h
H = (15 – 2.5 ) Moment at section x-x from A
4
H = 31.25kN Wx 2
MD = VA .x − − Hy
158. Consider the following statements in respect of 2
2
arched construction made of voussoirs: WL L w  L  WL2 3h
(a) The superimposed load is transferred to the = . −   − ×
2 4 24 8h 4
sidewalls only by the strength of cohesion of 2 2 2
the mortar between the voussoirs. 4WL WL 3WL
= − −
(b) The arch may fail under crushing when the 32 32 32
compressive stress or thrust in it exceeds the MD = 0
safe crushing strength of the voussoir
material. 160. A suspension bridge with two hinged stiffening
(c) Every element in the arch is subjected to girder is:
compression only. (a) statically determinate
(d) Failure of the arch due to the sliding of any (b) statically indeterminate of 1 degree
voussoir past the adjacent one due to (c) statically indeterminate of 2 degree
transverse shear can be avoided by reducing (d) statically indeterminate of 3 degree
the height of the voussoirs. Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019
Which of the above statements are correct? Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
(a) 1 and 4 only (b) 1 and 3 only UPSC JWM 2017
(c) 2 and 4 only (d) 2 and 3 only UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011
ESE 2017 ESE 2012, 2008
677
Ans : (b) (a) 0.50 (b) 1.50
(c) 2.00 (d) 4.00
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
Ans. (d) :

Ds = re − 3
re = 4
DS = 4 − 3 = 1Degree
161. What is the value of Bending Moment in kN-m H=w
at 3m from the left support of a three-hinged wL L
parabolic arch of span 10m and rise 4m which =w ⇒ =4
4R R
carries a uniformly distributed load of 5 kN/m VA = VB = w/2
over the whole span?
(a) 27.5 (b) 120 BMC = 0
(c) 0 (d) 225 w L
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I × − H×R = 0
2 2
Ans. (c)
wL
H=
4R
164. Match the following:
A. Three-hinged arch 1. Statically
indeterminate to
third degree
B. Two-hinged arch 2. Statically
indeterminate to
first degree
C. Hingeless arch 3. Statically
determinate
wℓ 2 4hx ( l − x )
H= , y= , x = 3; l = 10 A B C
8h l2 (a) 1 2 3
4 × 4 × 3× 7 WL 5 × 10 (b) 3 2 1
y= = 3.36 , VA = = = 25
100 2 2 (c) 2 1 3
Moment at section x–x from A (d) 2 3 1
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
5 × ( 3) 5 × (10 )
2 2

MD = VA × 3 − − × 3.36 Ans. (b) :

2 8× 4
45 1680
MD = 25 × 3 − −
2 8× 4
MD = 75 – 22.5 – 52.5
[MD = 0] Three hinged arch → statically determinate
162. Influence line for horizontal thrust in a three Two hinged arch → statically indeterminate to first
hinged parabolic arch is degree
(a) parabolic (b) circular Hingeless arch → statically indeterminate to third
(c) triangular (d) none of the above degree.
(UKPSC AE 2012 Paper–I) 165. If L = span of the suspension bridge, h = dip,
Ans : (c) Influence line for horizontal thrust in a three t = change in the temperature and α =
hinged parabolic arch is triangular. coefficient of thermal expansion of cable
163. For a three-hinged parabolic arch, what will be material, then the sag in suspension cable due
the ratio L/R to satisfy H = W? to change in temperature can be given as
3 L 3 L2
(a) × ×α × t (b) × ×α × t
16 h 16 h
16 L 16 L
(c) × ×α 2 × t (d) × ×α × t2
3 h 3 h
GPSC AE March 2018
678
 Ans. (a) : Sag in suspension cable due to change in any section of the arch is subjected to normal thrust
3 L only.
temperature = × ×α × t 171. In case of circular arches, the following
16 h
equation will be used :
166. A linear arch has
(a) Normal thrust only
(b) Shear force only
(c) Bending moment only
(d) Normal thrust and shear force
Vizag steel MT 2017
APPSC AEE 2012
Ans. (a) : Only Normal thrust acts on linear arch.
167. In fixed arch structure, ......... nos. of hinges are
necessary. (a) R2 = x2 – (R – yc + y)2
(a) one (b) three (b) R2 = x2 + (R – yc + y)2
(c) two (d) zero (c) R2 = x2 + (R + yc – y)2
GPSC R&B AE 2016 (d) R2 = x2 + (R – yc – y)2
Ans. (d) : In case of three hinged arch, we have three TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017
hinges:two at the support and one at the crown thus Ans. (b) : In case of circular arches,
making it statically determinate structure. R2 = x2 + (R – yc + y)2

168. If cable in transmission line tower, move or

deflect downward direction due to it's own self
weight, the profile (shape) achieved in elevation
is ................
(a) straight line profile
(b) cubic parabola profile
172. A three hinged parabolic arch subjected to a
(c) catenary profile
load w at L/4 distance from left support. The
(d) parabolic profile
rise of the crown is 4 m, span is 20 m and w is
GPSC R&B AE 2016
80 kN, the horizontal thrust at the supports is
Ans. (c) : Catenary profile achieved in elevation when (a) 40 kN (b) 25 kN
the cable is left freely in a transmission line and move (c) 50 kN (d) 80 kN
downward due to its own weight. TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012
Catenary curve has s U-like shape, superficially similar
Ans. (c) :
in appearance to a parabolic arch. It has minimal
surface.
169. For a two-hinged arch if one of the supports
settles down vertically, then the horizontal
thrust
(a) is increased (b) is decreased
(c) remains unchanged (d) becomes zero
GOA PSC Assistant Prof. 2020
Ans. (c) : For a two-hinged arch if one of the supports
settles down vertically, then the horizontal thrust Verified R x n at Right hinged support (B)
remains unchanged.
170. If a three-hinged parabolic arch carries a R B = 80 × 5
uniformly distributed load over the entire span, 20
then any section of the arch is subjected to R B = 20 kN
(a) normal thrust only
(b) normal thrust and shear force Assuming Horizontal R x n at the hinge support is (H)
(c) normal thrust and bending moment taking moment about crown C
(d) normal thrust, shear force and bending BM at C = 0
moment H × 4 + RB (10) = 0
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I 20 (10 )
JPSC AE 2009 ⇒ H =
Ans. (a) : If a three-hinged parabolic arch carries a 4
uniformly distributed load over the entire span, then H = 50kN
679
173. The simply supported bending moment at the 176. An arch is used in long span bridges because
central hinge of a three hinged arch is 36 kN-m. there is
The span and rise at the hinge are 12 m and 3 (a) considerable reduction in horizontal thrust
m respectively. The horizontal thrust in the (b) considerable reduction in bending moment
arch is (c) reduction in shear force and bending moment
(a) 3 kN (b) 6 kN both
(c) 9 kN (d) 12 kN (d) no change in shear force and bending moment
TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012 UKPSC AE (Urban) 2011
wl 2 Ans. (b) : Arch is used in long span bridge because
Ans. (d) : For simply supported (M) =
8 there is considerable reduction in bending moment and
w ×122 it will be helpful.
36 = 177. The equation of a parabolic area of span L and
8
central rise h is given by
36 × 8
w= h 2h
12 2
(a) y = 2 .x ( L − x ) (b) y = 2 .x ( L − x )
w = 2 kN L L
Horizontal thrust for three hinge arch 3h 4h
(c) y = 2 .x ( L − x ) (d) y = 2 .x ( L − x )
2 ×122 L L
H= UPPCL AE 2014
8× 3
H = 12 kN UKPSC AE (Urban) 2011
174. The shape of the cable under horizontal UDL is Ans. (d) : The equation of parabolic area of span L and
(a) parabolic (b) catenary central rise h is given by
(c) circular (d) triangular 4h
y = 2 .x ( L − x )
TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012 L
Ans. (a) : The shape of the cable under horizontal 178. A three-hinged symmetrical parabolic arch is
UDL is parabolic. hinged at the springing and at the crown. The
175. A cable of span l and central dip d is subjected span and rise are 40 m and 10 m respectively.
to uniform load w per unit horizontal length. The left half of the arch is loaded with a UDL
The horizontal component of tension in the of 3 t/m. The horizontal thrust at the springing
cable is will be
wl 2 wl 2 (a) 15 t (b) 20 t
(a) (b) (c) 30 t (d) 40 t
4d 8d
Punjab PSC SDE 2016
wl 2 wl 2
(c) (d) Ans. (c) : When the half of Parabolic Arch is loaded
12d 16d by UDL, then
TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012
wl 2
Ans. (b) : H=
16h
w = weight in half span
l = lenght of span
h = height of rise
3 × 402
= = 30 t
16 × 10
FBD of right segment 179. If a three-hinged parabolic arch carries a
uniformly distributed load throughout, every
section of the arch resists only
(a) normal thrust (b) shear force
(c) bending moment (d) All of the above
BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
Ans. (a) : Three hinged parabolic arch subjected to
uniformly distributed load is not subjected to bending
moment at any cross section. It support the load in
∑ MB = 0 pure compression or normal thrust.

( )
Tx ( d ) − w ℓ × = 0
2 4
ℓ 180. A cable supported at two ends primarily resists
external loads by
2 (a) Bending (b) Compression
wℓ
⇒ Tx = (c) Tension (d) Bending and compression
8d UPRVUNL AE 2016
680
 Ans.: (c) On both ends, comes the compression force (b) 25 kN horizontal and 50 kN vertical reactions
on applying the external load, but cable particles will at each support
oppose compression, that is, they will apply tensile (c) 50 kN horizontal and 25 kN vertical reactions
stress. at each support
181. A cable of span 120 m and dip 10 m carries a (d) 25 kN horizontal and vertical reactions at
load of 6 kN/m of horizontal span. The each support
maximum tension in the cable is ............... Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I
Ans. (d) :
wl 2 500 × 1002
H= =
8h 8 × 25
H = 25 kN
wl 500 × 100
V= = = 25000 N = 25kN
2 2
(a) 1238.42 kN (b) 1138.42 kN 184. The triangle space formed between the
(c) 1038.42 kN (d) 1338.42 kN extrados and the horizontal line drawn through
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I the crown of an arch is known as
Ans. (b) : (a) haunch (b) spandrel
(c) voussoirs (d) skewbacks
GPSC AE Dec 2018
Ans. (b) : The triangle space formed between the
extrados and the horizontal line drawn through the
crown of an arch is known as spandrel.
185. The moment equation as a function of angle θ
Horizontal Pull – for a built-in arch shown in the following figure
2
WL2 6 × (120 ) can be given as
H= =
8h 8 ×10
8640
H= = 1080 kN
8
Vertical reaction of supports :
WL 6 × 120 (a) M = QR sin θ − PR (1 − cos θ )
VA = VB = =
2 2 (b) M = QR(1 − cos θ ) − PR sin θ
[ VA = VB = 360 kN ] (c) M = QR cos θ − PR (1 − sin θ )
Maximum Tension in cable – (d) M = QR(1 − sin θ ) − PR cos θ
Tmax = H 2 + V 2 GPSC AE Dec 2018
2 2 Ans. (a) :
Tmax = (1080 ) + ( 360 )
Tmax = 1166400 + 129600
Tmax = 1296000
Tmax = 1138.42 kN
182. The cable and arch are subjected to axial forces
respectively as, ............. MA = Q × R sin θ – P × R(1 – cos θ)
(a) Tensile and Compressive
(b) Compressive and Tensile 186. The span of the bridge is said to be economical
(c) Tensile and Tensile when
(d) Compressive and Compressive (a) the cost of supporting system of one span is
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I equal to cost of one pier
(b) the cost of supporting system of one span is
Ans. (a) : The cable and arch are subjected to axial equal to cost of one abutment
forces respectively as, tensile and compressive. (c) the cost of pier is equal to half the cost of
183. A parabolic three hinged arch ABC is abutment
supporting Uniformly Distributed Load of 500 (d) the cost of supporting system of one span is
N/m over its entire span of 100 m. The center equal to half the cost of pier
point 'B' is vertically 25 m high from supports GPSC AE Dec 2018
A and C. The reactions shall be ............ Ans. (a) : The span of the bridge is said to be
(a) 50 kN horizontal and vertical reactions at economical when the cost of supporting system of one
each support span is equal to cost of one pier.
681
187. For a two hinged arch having constant EI, the Ans. (c) :
horizontal thrust H at a point (x, y) on the arch,
in terms of beam moment M is given by : (E :
modulus of elasticity, I – moment of inertia)
dy 2 dy
∫ M y dx ∫ M y dx
(a) (b)
3 ds 2 ds
∫ EI
y ∫ y EI
dy dy
∫ M y dx ∫ M y dx RA + RB = P
(c) (d)
2 ds ds HA = HB
∫ y EI ∫ y EI ∑MA = 0
BHEL ET 2019 Px – 20 RB = 0
Ans. (c) : The horizontal displacement in a curved Px
RB =
member can be evaluated by utilizing either 20
castiglion's second theorem or the unit load method. Px
B B
RA = P −
∂M dx dx 20
∫
I1 = M
A
∂H EI
= M.y
EI ∫
A
∑MC = 0
– 10 RB + 5 HB = 0
B Px Px
dx 5HB = 10 × =
∫
Similarly I2 = = y 2
EI
20 2
A Px
HB =
 I  10
So,  H = 1 
I2  Px
 HA =
10
 dx 

H =
∫
M.y
EI 

tan θ =
P − Px / 20
Px /10
dx

 ∫
y2 
EI  tan θ =
1 − x / 20
x /10
188. A political party orders an arch for the
x
entrance to the ground in which the annual 1−
convention is being held. The profile of the α= 20
arch follows the equation Y = 2x – 0.1 x2 where x /10
2x x
Y is the height of the arch in meters. The ⇒ = 1−
maximum possible height of the arch is: 10 20
(a) 8 m (b) 10 m x x
⇒ = 1−
(c) 12 m (d) 14 m 5 20
PTCUL AE 2016 4x + x
2 ⇒ = 1 ⇒ 4m
Ans. (b) : Y = 2x – 0.1 x → eqn of height of Arch 20
for maximum height 190. For given two hinged semi circular arches A,B
dy and C of radii 5m, 7.5m and 10m respectively
= 0 = 2 − 0.2 x ⇒ 2 − 0.2x = 0 ⇒ 0.2 x = 2 and carrying concentrated crown load ‘W’,
dx
x = 10 m ratio of horizontal thrust at their support will
Y = 2×10 – 0.1 × 102 = 10 be –
(a) 2 : 1½ : 1 (b) 1 : 1½ : 2
Y = 10 m
(c) 1 : 1½ : 3 (d) 1 : 1 : 1
189. A parabolic arch, symmetrical, with hinges at UPPCL AE 2014
centre and ends, carries a point load P at Ans. (d) : For two hinged semi-circulation arches with
distance x from left support. The arch has a load 'W' applied at any section.
span of 20 m and rise of 5 m. What is the value
 W
of x if the left hinge reaction is inclined with a  Horizontal thrust = H = π 
slope of two vertical on one horizontal?  
(a) 8 m (b) 5 m Which is independent of radius of semi-circular arch.
(c) 4 m (d) None of the above So, for radius, R1, R2 and R3 the H is in the 1 : 1 : 1
UJVNL AE 2016 ratio.
682
191. A symmetrical parabolic arch of span 20 m and 2 2
wl l wl  l 
rise 5 m is hinged at the springings. If supports (a) 1+   (b) 1+  
uniformly distributed load of 2 tonnes per 2 h 2  2h 
meter run of the span. The horizontal thrust in 2 2
 l  wl  l 
tonnes at each of the springings is (c) wl 1 +   (d) 1+  
APPSC AEE 2012  4h  2  4h 
Or WBPSC AE 2014
A three hinged symmetric parabolic arch of Ans. (d)
span 20 meters and rise 5 meters is hinged at
the crown and springing. It supports a
uniformly distributed load of 2 tonnes per
meter run of the span. The horizontal thrust in
tonnes at each of the springing is
(a) 8 (b) 16 •The maximum tension in cable occur at the height
(c) 20 (d) Zero point of the cable i.e. point A and B
MPPSC AE 2014  WL L2 
Ans. (c)  Tmax = 1 + 
 2 16d 2 
•The minimum tension in cable occur at the lowest
point at 'C'
[ Tmin = TC = H ]
194. Which one is not a redundant structure?
(a) Completely closed ring
(b) Fixed Portal frame
WL 2 × 20 (c) Three-hinged arch
RA = RB = = = 20 ton
2 2 (d) Propped cantilever
B.M at C = 0 WBPSC AE 2003
L L L Ans. (c) : The excess members or reaction of an
RA × − H× h − w × = 0
2 2 4 indeterminate structure are called redundants.
WL2 WL2 Three hinged arch is not a redundant structures.
= − = Hh 195. In a three hinged parabolic arch, the third
4 8
hinge is located at the crown. The beam
WL2 moment coinciding with H-moment indicates
⇒H= (given h = 5 m)
8h ________
2 × 20 2 (a) Arch all along carries only radial shear.
= (b) Arch all along carries only beam moment.
8× 5
(c) Arch all along carries only normal thrust.
H = 20 ton
(d) Arch all along carries only H-moment.
192. Among the following, identify the correct TSPSC Deputy Engineer 2015
statement regarding Linear arch: Ans. (c) : In a three hinged parabolic arch, the third
(a) Linear arch is one which represents the hinge is located at the crown. The beam moment
centre line of an arch. coinciding with H-moment indicates arch all along
(b) Linear arch is one which represents variation carries only normal thrust.
of bending moment. 196. A horizontal thrust 'H' is developed in a two-
(c) Linear arch is one which represents thrust hinged semi-circular arch of radius 'R'
line. carrying a concentration load 'W' at the crown.
(d) Linear arch is one which represents the What will be the horizontal thrust if radius of
variation of shear force. the arch is doubled?
UPRVUNL AE 2014 (a) H (b) 2H
ESE 2005 (c) H/2 (d) H/4
Ans. (c) : Linear arch is one which represents thrust TSPSC AEE 2017
line. Ans. (a) : For two hinged semi-circulation arches with
193. The cable carrying UDL load of wkN/m of load 'W' applied at any section.
horizontal span is stretched between supports l  W
meter apart. The supports are at same level  Horizontal thrust = H = π 
 
and central dip is h m. The maximum tension
in cable is So, the horizontal thrust is equal to H
683
 RA + RB = 12 T
3. Trusses ∑MB = 0
RA = 6T
197. Member(s)n of the frame shown below which RB = 6T
carries/carry zero forces is/are:
At point B

FBC sin 450 = 6T

(a) EC only (b) BC and AB FBD = –FCB cos 450
(c) EC and AC (d) EC, AC and AB FBD = –6T
Haryana PSC AE 2017
ESE 2003 At point A
Ans. (c) : The inspection of truss shows that member EC
has zero force as there is no horizontal load at joint E.
And member AC is zero force member.
198. What is the force in member AB of the pin-
jointed frame as shown below?
Similarly
FAD = – 6T

At joint D

(a) P (tension) (b) P (compression)

P
(c) (compression) (d) zero
2
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I
Ans. (d) When in perpendicular members no force is
acting on the same then in that member the force is
zero. Hence AB and AD are perpendicular members and
no force is acting on joint hence force in AB is zero. FCD = –5T
199. What is the force in the vertical member CD of [FCD = 5 T tensile]
the pin-jointed frame shown below? 200. Identify the members with zero member force
in the following truss:

(a) 12 T (tension) (b) 2 T (compression)

(c) 7 T (compression) (d) 5 T (tension) (a) AD, DC and EB (b) AD, DC and CE
Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019 (c) AD, AB and AC (d) None of the above
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
Ans. (d) :
Ans : (a) :

684
FEB = 0 (because member BE and force 100 are (b) statically indeterminate (internally)
perpendicular) (c) statically determinate
• At joint E two collinear force member meet then (d) geometrically unstable
third member force will have (zero force) (FBE = 0)
• AD, DC are meeting at joint (D) where no load act [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
then both member carry zero force Ans : (d) Zero load test is done to check the
201. Consider the frame as shown in the figure. geometrical unstable of a statically determinate truss
obtained by adding triangles to simple truss.
204. Deflection in a truss depends upon
(a) axial rigidity
(b) flexural rigidity
(c) torsional rigidity
(d) axial and flexural rigidity
GUJRAT PSC AE - II 2017
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
The magnitude of the horizontal support Ans : (b) Deflection of a truss is depends on flexural
reaction at E is rigidity
(a) 400 kN (b) 300 kN  NL 
(c) 250 kN (d) 200 kN δ = AE  Axial deformation
ESE 2019  
 NL 
 ∆ = ∑ n AE  Deflection
Ans. (a)
 
N → Applied load E → Modulus of elasticity
A → Area n → Member
L → Length
205. Number of zero force members in the truss
subjected to a force as shown in the figure is
Taking moment about D
ΣM D = 0
–HE × 4 + 200 × 8 = 0
200 × 8 = HE × 4
1600
HE =
4
[HE = 400N or 4 × 10–1kN]
Note–In the above diagram, load is given in 'Newton'. (a) 0 (b) 1
202. (c) 2 (d) 3
Gujarat PSC AE (N.W.R.) 2020
Ans. (c) :

For the truss shown in the figure, the force in

the member PQ is 206. The truss can be analysed by the methods of
F joints when the number of unknowns at a joint
(a) F (b)
2 is equal to
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 2F (d) 2F (c) either (a) or (b) (d) 3
ESE 2018 TNPSC AE 2012
Ans. (a) : Considering the moment about; [S = 0] Ans. (c) Method of joints – In a determinate structure,
FpQ × L = F × L the reaction components can be worked out using
FPQ = F equation of equilibrium. The analysis can be
commenced from a joint where there are only two
So, [FPQ = F (Tension)] unknown member there are only two unknown
203. Zero load Test indicate where a plane truss is member forces utilizing the equilibrium equations ∑Fx
(a) statically indeterminate (extremely) = 0 and ∑Fy = 0.
685
207. Struts are the load carrying members of a  6 
frame which are subjected to −2  FBG ×  = 60
(a) Axial tension loads  5
(b) Axial compression loads FBG = −5 5 kN (compressive)
(c) Torsional loads FBG = 11.18 kN (compressive)
(d) Transverse loads
ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2018 209. The moment distribution method is best suited
Ans : (b) for
(a) Indeterrminate pin jointed truss
• A structural member subjected to axial compressive
(b) Space frames
force is called strut.
(c) Eccentric columns
• Strut may be vertical, horizontal or inclined. (d) Rigid frames
• The cross-sectional, dimensions of strut are small. (e) Trussed beams
• Struts are used in roof truss and bridges trusses. CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I
• When strut is vertical it is known as column it can Ans. (d) : Moment distribution method is a
heavy compressive loads. displacement method.
208. Determine the force in the member BG in the → It is a trial & error method, in which final moment
given truss are calculated by distributing moment that why best
suited for rigid frames.
→ It is time consuming method.
210. The force in the member BD is

(a) 11.18 kN Tension

(b) 14.4 kN tension
(c) 11.18 kN Compression
(d) 14.40 kN compression
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019 (a) 5 kN (b) 5 2 kN
Ans. (c) : Take section 1 - 1 as shown in figure. (c) 10 kN (d) 0 kN
To find the force in BG, consider the right part of TNPSC AE 2019
section (1) - (1) and take moment about 'D'. Ans. (d)

Force in BD = ?
As at joint (B) → Two forces
(FBA & FBC) are linear & meeting at B point & then
third force must be zero
FBD = 0
211. If the slope of the truss is 150, the live load on
6 2 truss is taken as:
cos θ = = (a) 0.5 (b) 0.55
3 5 5
(c) 0.6 (d) 0.65
3 1
sin θ = = APPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2020
3 5 5 Ans. (d) : 0.65
∑ M D = 0 ( + ve, - ve) Live load for θ ≤ 100
-FBG cos θ × 3 - FBG sin θ × 6 - 2 × 6 - 8 × 6 = Live load = 0.75 kN/m2
0 if θ > 100 then
6 6 LL = 0.75– (θ–100) × 0.02
− FBG × × FBG × − 60 = 0 LL = 0.75 – (150–100) × 0.02
5 5 LL = 0.65 kN/m2
686
212. Consider the following assumptions in the 214. Lack of fit between members of a truss causes
analysis of a plane truss : (a) no deflections
(A) The individual members are straight. (b) vertical deflection only
(B) The individual members are connected by (c) horizontal deflection only
frictionless hinges. (d) horizontal & vertical deflections both
(C) The loads and reactions act only at the (UKPSC AE 2012 Paper–I)
joints. Ans : (d) Lack of fit between members of a truss causes
of these assumptions. horizontal & vertical deflection both.
(a) (A) and (B) are valid Internal forces can develop in a redundant frame (with
(b) (A) and (C) are valid external loads) due to lack of fit.
(c) (B) and (C) are valid M = 2J – 3 Stable perfect truss
(d) (A), (B) and (C) are valid M < 2J – 3 Insufficient or unstable truss
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I M > 2J – 3 Internally Redundant truss
Ans. (d) : Analysis of trusses : Truss pitch ⇒ 250 to 600
Assumptions – (1) the centroidal axis of each member 215. A truss is shown in the figure. The cross
coincides with the line connecting the centre of the sectional area of each member is 'A' and the
Adjacent member & members only carry Axial force. modulus of elasticity of the material is E. The
(2) All members are connected only at their end by strain energy in the member XY is given by :
frictionless hinges in plane trusses.
(3) All loads and support reactions are applied only at
the joint.
213. The forces in members a, b, c in the truss as
shown in the figure are, respectively

(a) P2L/2AE (b) P2L/6AE

(c) P2L/3AE (d) Zero
(UKPSC AE 2012 Paper–I)
Ans : (d) Member do not have any force, therefore
(a) P, P/2, 0 (b) P/2, P, 0 strain energy in it is zero.
(c) P, P, P (d) P/2, P/2, 0 Consider joint 'X'
RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014
Ans : (a)

[ FXB = −P ]∴ ∑ FX = 0
RA = p/2 [ FXY = 0]∴ ∑ FY = 0
RB = p/2
So, strain energy stored in the member
at point B–
XY –
∑V = 0
 2 dx 
 U XY = ∫ ( FXY ) 2AE = 0
Fb – p/2 = 0
Fb = p/2 compressive
ΣH = 0 216. In the truss shown below which statement is
FC = 0 correct?
at point C

(a) Externally unstable

(b) Internally unstable
FAC = − FDC (c) Statically determinate structure
Fa = P (d) Statically indeterminate structure
∴ Fa, Fb, Fc → P, P/2, 0 [UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
687
Ans : (b) Ans : (c) Under compressive loads, a member deflects
in direction perpendicular to that of the load. These are
all type of compression members : column, strut, post,
stanchion and top chords of truss.
220. The force in the member CD of the truss as
shown in the figure is :

For given truss,

External Indeterminacy (αse) = R – 3
=4–3=1
Statically Indeterminacy (αs) = m+R- 2j
= 9+4 – 2 × 6 =1
αs=1
Internally Indeterminacy = αs – αse = 1–1 =0
The given truss is Internally unstable.
217. The stress carried by the King-Post of a King- (a) zero (b) 2P compressive
Post roof truss is (c) P compressive (d) P tensile
(a) Tensile (UKPSC AE (Paper-I) 2007)
(b) Compressive Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019
(c) Tensile and bending Ans : (d)
(d) Compressive and bending
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
Ans : (b)

The king post (BD) of the king post truss is a Cutting X-X through member AD, DC and CF and
compression member. So the stress carried by the king- considering equilibrium of upper part.
post of a king post roof truss is compressive in nature.
218. In an internally indeterminate truss, if the area
of cross-section of a redundant member is
doubled, then
(a) The force in that member will be doubled
(b) The force in that member will be half
(c) The force in that member will increase but
remain less than twice the previous value
(d) The force in that member will decrease out For horizontal equilibrium
remain more than half the previous value Σ FH = 0
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)] FCD = P (tension)
Ans : (c) Force in redundant member is given by
PkL 221. In plastic design of structures, if degree of
∑ static indeterminacy is 'j', the numbers of
x = AE hinges 'p' required to convert the structure
k2L
∑ into mechanism is given by–
AE (a) P = j + 3 (b) P = j + 2
When area of redundant member is double then term (c) P = j + 1 (d) None of above
PkL (UTTRAKHAND AE 2013)
∑ remain unchanged.
AE Ans : (c)
K 2L
Since P force in redundant in zero. But term ∑
AE
decrease. Hence x will be increase.
219. All compression members in trusses are called
(a) struts (b) ties
(c) stanchions (d) purlins 2 plastic hinges for collapse
(BPSC AE Paper V 2001) Hence option 'C' P = J+1
688
222. The pin jointed frame as shown in following (c) zero and + P tan 60
figure is– (d) zero and zero
(UTTRAKHAND AE 2013)
Ans : (d)

(a) A perfect frame (b) A redundant frame

(c) A deficient frame (d) None of above
(UTTRAKHAND AE 2013)
Ans : (b) M = 10, r = 3, J = 6
M+r-2J = 1 > 0 – redundant to 1 degree
ΣMA = 0
RB × L = P × L
RB = P
At joint B,
FBC = P
FAB = 0
223. For a statically indeterminate pin jointed plane At joint A,
frame, the relation between number of member FAC = 0
'm' and number of joints 'j' is expressed as–
(a) m = 3j – 6 (b) m > 2j – 3 225. If ki is the stiffness of ith member at a joint, the
(c) m = 2j – 3 (d) m > 3j – 6 distribution factor for the member is-
OPSC AE - 2016 (I) k
(UTTRAKHAND AE 2013) (a) ki (b) i
Σki
Ans : (b) For determinate truss
M = 2J – 3 in 2D (c) Σki (d) ( Σki − ki )
and M = 3J – 6 in 3D Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
Ans. (b) : If the stiffness factor of the ith member is Ki
then the moment contributed by the member is Mi =
Ki, then the distribution factor for the ith member is –
 Stiffness of i th member  Ki
Dfi =  =
 Total stiffness of joint  ∑ Ki
226. A truss deflection is to be calculated for a point
'X' using unit load method. Find the
contribution to deflection by a truss member
having details as below :
Length = 8.00 m
Area = 11.25 × 10-3 m2
IF M > 2j–r, then the number of unknowns is more than Internal force resisted member under actual
the number of equation, A redundant frame is loading condition = 450 kN (compression)
indeterminate, If m < 2j–r, the number of equation is modulus of elasticity = 200 × 106 kN/m2
more, than the number of unknown. internal force after unit load application = 0.0
224. The forces in the members AC and AB for the kN-
truss shown below will be respectively (a) -0.5 mm (b) +0.5 mm
( +tension,–compression) – (c) -0.6 mm (d) Zero
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
Ans. (d) : Deflection using unit load method is given
as
PL
δ= u
AE
 450 × 0 × 8 
(a) –P/cos 60 and + P tan 60 = −3 6 
=0
(b) –P/cos 60 and zero–P  11.25 ×10 × 200 ×10 
689
227. Which truss is the perfect out of the following? Ans. (b) : Vertical and horizontal deflection along
lower chord nodes shall change.
given values,
∆T = 500 C
α = 117 × 10 −6 0C
Due to temperature change, change in length of
members is given as
∆ = α∆TL
230. In the force method of analysis of
indeterminate trussed, If the truss is
indeterminate to degree one, the change in
length of redundant member due to unit force
is found by using the formula-
where,
A is cross-sectional area-
I- Moment of Inertia
n- force in the member due to unit load
application
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I
N- force in the member due to actual load
Ans. (b) : A perfect truss is one in which the following
E- Modulus of Elasticity
equation is satisfied m = (2j - 3)
n NL NL
1. m = 4, j = 4, m= 2j – 3 ⇒ 4 = 5 No (a) Σ (b) nΣ
2. m = 3, j = 3 3 = 6 – 3 = 03 Yes EI AI
3. m = 11, j = 6 11 = 9 No n NL NL
(c) Σ (d) Σ
4. m = 6, j = 5 6=7 No AE AE
228. For the plane truss shown in the figure, the Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I
number of zero force members for the given NL
loading is- Ans. (c) : δ = ∑ n
AE
It is derived from unit load method.
231. A simple truss ABC is supported at A and B as
shown in the figure. If a point load (P) along
BC is applied at joint C in horizontal direction,
then what will be the vertical deflection at C?
C
Assume same area and same materials (i.e.,
(a) 4 (b) 8 5
(c) 11 (d) 13 A, E, I same for all members).
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I
Ans. (b) : Zero force member concept : If 3 members
meet at a point and two of them are collinear, then
force in 3rd member is 0.
229. A given determinate truss is loaded with
gravity loads. Under these loads different nodes
undergo deflection horizontally and vertically.
Thereafter the truss is subjected to a 2 PL
temperature drop of 50oC in the lower chord (a)
PL
AE
(↑) (b)
AE
(↓ )
only. The coefficient of expansion or
contraction α = 117 × 10-6/oC. Which of the 2 PL
following statements is true?
(c)
PL
AE
( ↓) (d)
3 AE
(↓)
(a) Vertical and horizontal deflection along lower Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I
chord nodes remains the same Ans. (a) :
(b) Vertical and horizontal deflections along
lower chord nodes shall change
(c) Horizontal deflection along lower chord
nodes shall change but vertical deflection
shall be not change
(d) None of the above
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I
690
 ∑ PKL (a) 2 kN, Tension (b) 2 kN, Compression
δC =
AE (c) 1 kN, Tension (d) 1 kN, Compression
 PKL   PKL   PKL  APPSC AE 2016 (Mains)
δc =   +  +  Ans. (c) : Members AB, CD, CF and EF are zero
 AE  AB  AE  AC  AE  BC member forces
P × ( −1) × L HA = 2kN
=0+0 + balance the moment about roller support E
AE
PL VA × 4 + 4 = 0
=− VA = –1
AE VE = +1
Negative sign indicates deflection of the joint is FAC cos θ = 1
opposite to applied force of 1 KN i.e. upwards.
232. A cantilever truss as shown in the figure is FAC = 2 (Tension)
subjected to a horizontal load 'P' at joint A. 1
FAD = FAC cos θ = 2 × = 1kN
The total number of zero force members in the 2
truss is- At joint D
FAD = FDE = 1 kN (Tension)
235. Influence line for member force in AB of the
truss shown is obtained by

(a) 6 (b) 4
(c) 9 (d) 10
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I (a) 2 times the ordinates of influence line for
Ans. (d) : bending moment at A
(b) 2 times the ordinates of influence line for
shear in 3rd panel from left
(c) 2 times the ordinates of influence line for
bending moment at B
(d) s 2 times the ordinates of influence line for
shear in 3rd panel from right
For truss joint with two member which have no APPSC AE 2016 (Mains)
external load at that joint is not support reaction, the Ans. (b) :
two members are zero force member, zero member
force – BI, IC, CH, HD, DG, GE, FG, GH, HI, IA. We
also know three member meet a point and two of them
are collinear then force in 3rd member is zero.
233. In which of the following truss members the
stress depends upon whether the load is moving Now use ∑ f x = 0 at Joint B
on top chord or bottom chord? tan θ = 450
(a) Top chord and bottom chord ∴ θ = 450
(b) Verticals FAB cosθ + FDB = 0 (Due to symmetry
(c) Diagonals analyze only left portion)
(d) Verticals and diagonals
FAB = − 2FBD
BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I
Ans. (c) : The top and the bottom members are ∴ i.e., 2 force in 3rd panel.
connected by vertical or diagonal members called web 236. Which of these are the assumptions made in the
members. force analysis of simple trusses?
In diagonal members the stress depends on whether the (i) All members have same cross-sectional area
load is moving on top chord or bottom chord. (ii) The bending resistance of all the members is
small in comparison with their axial force
234. The force in the member 'X' of the truss
resistance
supported and loaded as shown is
(iii) All the external loads are applied directly or
indirectly at the joints
(iv) All joints are idealized to be frictionless
hinges
(a) (i) (ii) and (iv) (b) (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(c) (i), (ii) and (iii) (d) (iii) and (iv)
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
691
Ans : (b) : The assumptions of force-analysis in simple 240. Independent displacement at each joint of a
truss are:- rigid-jointed plane frame are :
(1) The load or any external load applied is always to (a) Three linear movements
be at joint. (b) Two linear movements and one rotation
(2) In force method, condition of equilibrium is (c) One linear movement and two rotations
enough to analyze the structure so BM & SF is (d) Three rotations
quite less and hence negligible as compare to axial OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
load in truss. Ans. (b) : Independent displacement components or
(3) In simple truss, BM & SF (Shear force) are degree of freedom for different types of joints :
independent of cross section area. Type of Joint Degree of freedom
(4) All joints in truss are hinged end i.e. (BM=0) truss (i) Pin joint of plane 2 (Translations)
is designed only for Axial force frame
237. An unstable vibratory motion due to combined (ii) Pin joint of space 3 (Translations)
bending and torsion which occurs in flexible frame
plate like structures is called (iii) Rigid joint of a 3 (One rotation and two
(a) Galloping (b) Ovalling plane frame translations)
(c) Flutter (d) Oscillation (iv) Rigid joint of a 6 (3 rotations and 3
ESE 2019 space frame translations)
Ans. (c) : Flutter is an oscillatory motion that results 241. Degree of kinematic indeterminacy of a pin-
from the coupling of aerodynamic forces with the jointed plane frame is given by (where j is
elastic deformation of a structure. It is often the result number of joints and r is unknown reactions) :
of combined bending and torsion. It effects plate like (a) 2j – r (b) j – 2r
structures. Ex. Sign boards and suspension bridges (c) 3j – r (d) 2j + r
decks etc. OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
238. For a plane truss member, the length is 2 m, E Ans. (a) :
= 200 GPa and area of cross- section is 200 • The degree of kinematic indeterminacy of a pin-
mm2. The stiffness matrix coefficient K11 with jointed plane frame is given by the equation
reference to its local axis is [DK= 2j–r]
(a) 200 N/m (b) 2 ×107 N/m • For a pin-jointed space frame the degree of
(c) 4 ×107 N/m (d) 400 N/m Kinematic indeterminacy is given by the equation.
ESE 2018 [DK= 3j–r]
Ans. (b) • For a rigid jointed space frame the degree of
Length = 2m Area = 200mm2 kinematic indeterminacy is
E = 200 GPa [DK= 6j–r]
 AE  242. A beam of length "L", fixed at A and B of
Stiffness matrix co-efficient  K11 = uniform flexural rigidity carries two loads "P"
 L  at one-third interval of span length C and D
 AE –AE  respectively. The maximum bending moment
 L L  will occur :
K11 =   (a) At C and D and will be equal to 2PL/9
 – AE AE  (b) Between C and D and will be equal to PL/9
 L L  (c) At A and at B will be equal to 2PL/9
AE 200 × 200 × 10 3 (d) Between A and C and also between B and D
K11 = = will be equal PL/9
L 2 OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
K11 = 2 × 107 N / m Ans. (b) : The maximum bending moment will occur
between C and D and will be equal to PL/9
239. The proof of Muller-Breslau principle can be
243. The basic perfect frame is a :
established using. (a) Triangle (b) Rectangle
(a) Principle of virtual work (c) Square (d) Hexagon
(b) Moment area method OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
(c) Conjugate method TNPSC AE 2012
(d) Castingliano's theorem Ans. (a)
DSSSB AE 2019
Ans. (a) The proof of the Muller-Breslau principle can
be established using the principle of virtual work.
Recall that work is the product of either a linear
displacement and force in the direction of the
displacement or a rotational displacement and moment
in the direction of the displacement. The basic perfect frame is a triangle.
692
244. Method of joints is applicable only when the 248. Force in the member BC of the truss shown in
number of unknown forces at the joint under the figure below is:
consideration is not more than :
(a) One (b) Two
(c) Three (d) Four
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
Ans. (b) : At every joint two equations of equilibrium
ΣV = 0, ΣH = 0 are available and so at one joint two
unknowns can be evaluated. Method of joints is
suitable only when two unknown forces are at a joint.
245. The degree of static indeterminacy of a rigid- (a) 5 KN (tensile)
jointed space frame is where m, r and j are (b) Zero
(c) 2.88 KN (compressive)
unknown as member forces, r is unknown as
(d) 5 KN (compressive)
reaction components and j is number of joints : Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
(a) M + r – 2j (b) M + r – 3j
Ans. (d) :
(c) 3m + r – 3j (d) 6 m + r – 6j
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
Ans. (d)
DS = (6m + r) – 6j, for rigid joined space frame
m = Number of member forces
r = Reaction components
246. Castigliano's first theorem is applicable
(a) For statically determinate structures only
(b) When the system behaves elastically
(c) Only when principle of superposition is valid
(d) For statically indeterminate structures only
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
Ans. (b) : Castigliano's first theorem is applied to both
elastic and inelastic material behaviour.
Castigliano’s first theorem is useful in analyzing
statically indeterminate structure. Castigliano’s second y = 3 tan 60º
theorem : y= 3 3m
● useful for finding the deflections of statically Taking moment about 'A'
determinate structures. ΣMA = 0
● Applicable only when principle of super R C × 6 − 5 ×3 3 = 0
position is valid.
247. The axial forces in the members CE and DE of 15 3
RC =
the plane truss shown in the figure below are 6
equal to 5 3
[RC = kN]
2
At joint 'C'

(a) 10, 10 in KN (b) 20, 20 in KN

(c) 8.7, 8.7 in KN (d) 0, 0
APPSC AEE MAINS 2016
Ans. (d) : • If a joint has only two non-collinear
members and there is no external load or support
since, Σv = 0
reaction at that joint, then those two member are zero-
force members. 5 3
so, FBC sin 60º + =0
• In this figure members CE and DE are zero force 2
member. FBC = –5 KN
So, CE = 0, DE = 0 [FCC = 5 KN (Compression)]
693
249. The force in member AB of the truss shown in Ans. (a) : A truss is said to be determinate when
the figure below is degree of static indeterminacy is zero.
Where M = 2j – 3, the truss is said to be statically
determinate, because the (M+3) internal member
forces and support reactions can then be completely
determined by '2j' equilibrium equations, once we
know the external loads and the geometry of the truss.
253. In the truss shown fig. below the force in
(a) 25 kN (compression) member CD is :
(b) 25 2 kN (tension)
(c) 25 2 kN (compression)
(d) 25 kN (tension)
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
UPPCL AE 2014
Ans. (b) :
(a) 100 kN compressive (b) 100 kN tensile
(c) Zero (d) Intermediate
OPSC Civil Services Pre 2011
Ans. (c)

Using method of section

ΣV = 0 In the truss shown fig. below the force in member CD

FAB sin 45° = 25 is Zero.
At joint 'C'
FAB = 25 2 kN (Tension)
250. Depending on the transmission of loads to
joints, bridges are classified as
(a) Deck type (b) Pratt type
(c) Warren type (d) Howe type ΣV = 0
GPSC AE March 2018 F Sin θ = 0
CD
Ans. (a) : The trusses and girders in bridge of deck [FCD = 0]
type transmit all loads received by the joints to the If two members meet a joint where no load is acting,
abutments or supporting piers. then the forces in those members are zero.
251. Williot-Mohr diagram is used to find 254. The fixed end moment at left end of a beam
(a) displacement in a structure subjected '0' uniformly varying load of
(b) settlement of a structure intensity 'q' a left end and zero intensity at
(c) strain energy in a structure right end is given by :
(d) principal stresses in a structure −qL2 −qL2
(a) (b)
GPSC AE March 2018 20 30
Ans. (a) : Williot Mohr Diagram is a graphical method −qL 2
−qL2
presented in the following paragraphs provides a (c) (d)
24 16
means for obtaining the deflection of statically TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017
determinate truss structure. The deflections in truss Ans. (a) :
arise from axial extensions or shortenings of members.
252. A truss is said to be determinate when
(a) Degree of static indeterminacy (Ds) is zero
Ds = 0
(b) Ds < 0
(c) Ds > 0
qL2 qL2
(d) None of the above ( FEM )AB = ( FEM )BA =
GPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2016 20 30
694
255. The displacement of the joint of a truss can be Ans. (c) :
obtained directly from the
(a) Space diagram
(b) Force diagram
(c) Williot-Mohr diagram
(d) Funicular diagram
Punjab PSC SDE 2016
Ans. (c) : The Williot-Mohr diagram is used to find
deflection or displacement of a truss. It is a graphical
method. Taking joint (c). Here at joint C as force fCA and fCB are
collinear, therefore third member carry zero force.
Williot Mohr Diagram is a graphical method presented
• If a joint has only two non-collinear members and
in the following paragraphs provides a means for
there is no external load or support reaction at that
obtaining the deflection of statically determinate truss joint, then those two member are zero-force members.
structure. The deflections in truss arise from axial
260. The primary unit of a truss is
extensions or shortenings of members. (a) trapezium (b) parallelogram
256. The truss can be analyzed by the (c) rectangle (d) triangle
(a) 1 (b) 2 BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
(c) 3 (d) 4 Ans. (d) : A truss is an assembly of beams or other
Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019 elements that creates a rigid structure.
Ans. (c) The truss can be analysed by 3-methods Trusses typically comprise five or more triangular
(a) Method of joints units constructed with straight members whose ends
(b) Method of sections are connected at joints referred as nodes.
(c) Graphical method 261. Vertical reactions at the supports for the given
257. In a plane truss, if M is the number of member. truss are
R is the number of reactions and J is the
number of joints, then for this truss to be
determinate
(a) J = M + R (b) J = 2M + R
(c) 3J = M + 2R (d) 2J = M + R
Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019
Ans. (d) In a plane truss if M is the number of (a) 35 kN, 35 kN (b) 35 kN , 70 kN
member, R is number of reaction and J is the joint then (c) 70 kN, 70 kN (d) 70 kN, 35 kN
for this truss to be determinate and stable. GPSC AE June 2019
2J = M + R Ans. (c) :
258. Analysis of space trusses can be carried out
using...............
(a) Mohr's method
(b) Combination of section method and joint
method
(c) Shape factor and joint method
(d) Only shape factor RA+ RB = 140 kN
SJVNL ET 2019 ∑M = 0
A
Ans. (b) : Analysis of space trusses can be carried out RB × 16 = 35 × 12 + 70 × 8 + 35 × 4
using combination of section method and joint method. RB = 70 kN , RA = 70 kN
259. In a pin-jointed plane frame 262. The force in member 2-5 in the truss shown in
fig is

the force in the member DC is

(a) 4t (b) 4 3t
(c) zero (d) 4 2t (a) 22.5 kN compression
BPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2016 (b) 7.5 kN tension
695
 (c) 8.66 kN compression 264. Regarding the ability of a truss, the condition
(d) 8.66 kN tension m + r > 2j is
GPSC AE June 2019 (a) Necessary
Ans. (c) : (b) Sufficient
(c) Necessary and Sufficient
(d) Sufficient but not necessary
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
Ans. (d) : Given condition
m + r > 2j
m > 2j - r
∴ The member is structurally stable but not
RA + RB = 30 kN necessarily have m > 2j - r. It is just sufficient to have
∑MB = 0 m = 2j - r
RA × 8 – 30 × 6 = 0 265. Choose the correct combination of the stability
8RA = 180 and indeterminacy of the truss given.
RA = 22.5 kN
RB = 7.5 kN
At joint A :

(a) Statically indeterminate and stable

(b) Statically determinate and stable
(c) Unstable
(d) Statically determinate
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
F14 sin 60º = 22.5 F12 + F14 cos60º = 0 Ans. (c & d) : No. of member, m = 8
F14 = 26 kN F12 = – 13 kN No. of joints, j = 6
At joint B m < 2j - 3
∴ The truss is internally unstable but determinate
∴ Both the options (c) and (d) are correct
266. Hudson's formula gives the dead weight of a
truss bridge as a function of
(a) bottom chord area
(b) top chord area
F35 sin 60º = 7.5 (c) middle chord area
F35 = 8.66 (d) effective span of bridge
F32 = – 4.33 GPSC AE Dec 2018
At joint 2 Ans. (a) : Hudson's formula– It estimates quite
satisfactorily the dead weight of the truss girder
bridges. In this the dead weight is assumed to be a
function of bottom chord area:
W = 0.785 A
267. For the truss shown in figure (supports A & C
F42 sin 60º + F25 sin 60º = 0 are hinge type), the force in member AB and
–F42 = + F25 BC are respectively :
F42 cos 60º – 13 = F25 cos 60º – 4.33
F42 = – 8.66 kN
F25 = 8.66 kN Compression
263. A member in a truss can take
(a) axial force and bending moment
(b) only axial force
(c) only bending moment
(d) bending moment and shear force
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
10
Ans. (b) : Truss members take only axial forces (a) 10 (compressive); (tensile)
(tension or compression). They cannot take shear 2
force, bending moment and torsion. (b) zero; 10 2 (compressive)
696
 10 270. In the truss shown below, force in member BC
(c) 10 2 (tensile); (compressive) is –
2
(d) 10 (tensile); 10 2 (compressive)
BHEL ET 2019
Ans. (d) :

(a) 100 N tensile (b) zero

(c) 100 N compressive (d) 50 N tensile
UPPCL AE 2014
Ans. (b) : AB, BC, AE, DE, DC all are zero force
member because 100 kN load is vertically applied at B
At joint D number BD and forced 10 kN are on the so all load will be taken by member BD.
same line hence force in CD = 0
FBC = 0
Apply ∑V = 0 at B
• If a joint has only two non-collinear members and
FBC sin 450 = 10
there is no external load or support reaction at that
FBC = 10 2 kN (compressive) joint, then those two member are zero-force members.
apply ∑H = 0 at B 271. Horizontal stiffness coefficient ( K11) of a bar
FAB = FBC cos 450 ‘AB’ is given by –
1
= 10 2 × = 10 (Tensile)
2
268. In the king post truss the member used to
prevent the sagging of beam and connected
with the ridge is called:
(a) Collar (b) Rafter
(c) King post (d) Strut
(Where A is cross section area and E is
PTCUL AE 2016
Young’s Modulus)
Ans. (c) : In the post truss, the member used to prevent (a) AE/L (b) AE/√2L
the sagging of beam and connected with ridge is called (c) 2AE/L (d) AE/2L
king post. UPPCL AE 2014
269. A pin-jointed 2-D truss is loaded with a
AE E
horizontal force of 15 KN at joint S and Ans. (b) : K11 = =
another 15 KN vertical force at joint U as LAB 2L
shown in figure. Find the force in member RS 272. If a plane truss satisfies the condition m = 2j – 3
in (KN) and report your answer taking tension where m is number of member, and j is
as +ve and compression is –ve: number of joints, then it is .............
(a) Determinate internally
(b) Determinate externally
(c) Indeterminate internally
(d) Indeterminate externally
GPSC AE January 2018
Ans. (a) : Internal degree of indeterminacy
(Dsi) = m – (2j – 3)
here, m = no. of member = 2j – 3
j no. of joints
1 Dsi = m – (2j – 3)
(a) (b) 1
2 Dsi = (2j – 3) – (2j – 3) = 0
(c) 0 (d) 2 So, internally determinate structure.
PTCUL AE 2016 273. How is a truss, which undergoes rigid body
translation for an arbitrary load, classified as?
Ans. (c) :
(a) Determinate structure
(b) Geometrically unstable structure
(c) Statically unstable structure
(d) Structurally unstable structure
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
UPRVUNL AE 2015
Ans : (b) : When a rigid body translate it means it is
In figure Given not show clearly. geometrically unstable structure.
697
274. In the pin jointed truss shown below: members Ans. (c) :
AB, BC are of length L, while member CD is
length 2L . Joints A, B and C are in a straight
line. All members have the same AE. A force P
acts joint C as shown. What is the magnitude of
the horizontal reaction at support D?

from ∑ f y = 0
RA+ RC = 2000 + 4000
RA+ RC = 6000 N ................. (i)
taking moment about C
( ∑ Mc = 0)
(a) P (b) Zero R A × 6 − 2000 × 4.5 − 4000 × 1.5 = 0
(c) 2P/3 (d) 3P/2
UPPCL AE 2018 R A × 6 = 15000
Ans. (b) R A = 2500 N
from equation (i)
R C = 3500 N

At point B no force is acting

So, force in member AB, BC and BD = 0
FDC = 0 Now, apply Lami's theorem at point A
HD = 0 RA FAD
275. Amongst the following two pin joined trusses =
sin 600 sin 2700
_________.
2500 FAD
=
3/ 2 −1
FAD = −2886.751 N
or FAD = 2886.751( compression ) N
277. A compound truss may be formed by
(a) Truss I is stable, but Truss II is unstable connecting two simple rigid frames by:
(b) Both Truss I and Truss II are unstable (a) Two bars
(c) Both Truss I and Truss II are stable (b) Three parallel bars
(d) Truss I is unstable, but Truss II is stable (c) Three bars
UPPCL AE 2018 (d) Three bars intersecting at a point
Ans. (b) : Both truss I and truss II are unstable as they (e) All of the above options
will deform when load is applied. Haryana PSC AE 2018 Paper–I
276. Find the force in member AD of the truss Ans. (c) : For Truss Minimum 3 members or bars are
shown in figure. required.
A compound truss is a truss made by connecting two
or more simple trusses.
278. Consider the following given parameters and
choose the one upon which the economic
spacing of a roof truss depends.
(a) Cost of purlins and cost of roof covering
(b) Cost of roof covering and dead loads
(a) 2345.67 N (Compression) (c) Dead loads and live loads
(b) 1890.37 N (Compression) (d) Live loads and cost of purlins
(c) 2886.75 N (Compression) UPRVUNL AE 2014
(d) 1456.98 N (Compression) Ans. (a) : The economic spacing of a roof truss
UPPCL AE 2019 depends cost of purlins and cost of roof covering.
698
279. Among the following mentioned assumptions
which are considered in the force analysis of
simple trusses?
(1) All members have same cross-sectional area.
(2) The bending resistance of all the members is
small in comparison with their axial force
resistance
(3) All the external loads are applied directly or
indirectly at the joints. 6 2
cos θ = =
(4) All joints are idealized to be frictionless 3 5 5
hinges. 3 1
Choose the correct answer from the options sin θ = =
given below. 3 5 5
(a) 1, 2 and 4 (b) 2, 3 and 4 ∑ M D = 0 ( + ve, - ve)
(c) 1, 2 and 3 (d) 3 and 4 -FBG cos θ × 3 - FBG sin θ × 6 - 2 × 6 - 8 × 6 = 0
UPRVUNL AE 2014
6 6
Ans. (b) : Assumption in the force Analysis of simple − FBG × × FBG × − 60 = 0
trusses : 5 5
• The bending resistance of all the members is small in  6 
comparison with their axial force resistance. −2  FBG ×  = 60
• All the external loads are applied directly or  5
indirectly at the joints. FBG = −5 5 kN (compressive)
• All joints are idealized to be frictionless hinges. FBG = 11.18 kN (compressive)
280. A member in a truss can take 283. Analysis of trusses is based on the following
(a) axial force and bending moment assumption. The correct combination of
(b) only axial force assumptions is _______.
(c) only bending moment i. All loads act at joints
(d) bending moment and shear force ii. All joints are smooth friction less pin joints
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019 iii. Truss is made with material which is
Ans. (b) : Truss members take only axial forces homogenous, elastic and isotropic.
(tension or compression). They cannot take shear iv. The axis of all members is straight and their
force, bending moment and torsion. self weights are ignored
281. Regarding the ability of a truss, the condition (a) i, ii and iv (b) i, ii, iii
m + r > 2j is (c) i, iv (d) i, iii, iv
(a) Necessary TSPSC Deputy Engineer 2015
(b) Sufficient Ans. (a) : Assumption in the force Analysis of simple
(c) Necessary and Sufficient trusses : • The bending resistance of all the members is
(d) Sufficient but not necessary small in comparison with their axial force resistance.
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019 • All the external loads are applied directly or
Ans. (d) : Given condition indirectly at the joints.
m + r > 2j • All joints are idealized to be frictionless hinges.
m > 2j - r
284. Which of the following truss is unstable -
∴ The member is structurally stable but not
necessarily have m > 2j - r. It is just sufficient to have (a)
m = 2j - r
282. Determine the force in the member BG in the
given truss
(b)

(c)

(a) 11.18 kN Tension (d)

(b) 14.4 kN tension
(c) 11.18 kN Compression UPPCL AE 2014
(d) 14.40 kN compression Ans. (a) :
APPSC AEE (CIVIL/MECHANICAL) 2019
Ans. (c) : Take section 1 - 1 as shown in figure.
To find the force in BG, consider the right part of
section (1) - (1) and take moment about 'D'. It is a unstable truss.
699
 288. Select the Shear Force Diagram for the
4. Frame following beam:

285. Which of the following case comes under

perfect frame?
(a) Number of members =1, number of joints = 2
(b) Number of members = 7, number of joints = 5
(c) Number of members = 3, number of joints = 3
(d) Number of members = 4, number of joints = 3
UPPCL AE 2019
Ans. (c)
Perfect Truss -
m = 2j – 3
m = number of members (a) (b)
j = number of joints
Redundant truss : The number of members in this
truss is more than necessary
m > 2j–3
(3) Deficient Truss : The number of members in this
truss is less than the required m < 2j – 3 (c) (d)
286. The deflection at any point of a perfect frame
can be obtained by applying a unit load at the
joint in-
(a) Vertical direction GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
(b) Horizontal direction Ans : (a) :
(c) Inclined direction
(d) The direction in which the deflection is required
OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I
Sikkim PSC AE 2017
APPSC AEE 2016
Ans. (d) : A frame is called perfect frame if the
numbers of members of the frame is just enough to
keep it in equilibrium.
Deflection of structure is given by equation–
 ∆ = P 'edv 
 ∫  289. The rigid portal frame shown in figure will not
where, ∆ = is the displacement at the point and in the have any side sway, if
direction of unit load applied e = strain, P = stress. I1= the moment of inertia of the column cross-
The deflection at any joint/point of a perfect frame can section.
be obtained by applying a unit load at the joint/point in I2= the moment of inertia of the beam cross-
the direction in which the deflection is required. section.
287. The Strain energy stored due to bending for a
cantilever beam of span l, Modulus of elasticity
E, moment of inertia I and a point load P at
free end is
(a) P2l3/(6EI) (b) P2l5/(40EI)
2 3
(c) P l /(96EI) (d) P2l5/(240EI)
APPSC AEE 2016
Ans. (a) : (a) it is subjected to vertical loading only
(b) I1 = 2I2
(c) the loading is symmetrical about its centre
line
(d) loaded in any manner.
Moment Mx = px GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
TNPSC AE 2012
l
( px ) 2
Strain energy = ∫ Ux = ∫ dx ESE 1996
∂
2EI Ans. (c) The frame is symmetrical in shape and size
about a central vertical line. Therefore symmetrical
p2l 3 loading about the centre line will not cause any side
U=
6EI sway.
700
290. Degree of freedom available for space-rigid External work done = internal work done
frame is– 40 × 3 θ = Mp.θ + Mp.θ + Mp.α + Mp.α
(a) 2 (b) 3 = 2Mp.θ + 2Mp.α
(c) 4 (d) 6 120 θ = 2Mp (θ + α)
APPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2020 Beam (BD) is inextensible so.
Ans. (d) : 3θ = 6α
– Degree of freedom (DOF) : The Number of
θ = 2α
independent parameters (Measurements) that are
needed to uniquely finds its position in space and at α = 0.5 θ
instant of time. 120 θ = 2Mp (θ+0.5θ)
– Each joint of space rigid jointed frame has 6 degree 60θ = Mp × 1.5θ
of freedom. Mp = 40 kNm
– Each joint of plane rigid jointed frame has 3 degree 292. Which of the following is a correct bending
of freedom. moment diagram of the structure shown
– Each joint of plane pin-jointed frame has 2 degree below?
of freedom.
– Each joint of space pin-jointed frame has 3 degree
of freedom.
291. If only a sway mechanism is possible in the
frame given below, what will be the plastic
moment Mp developed?

(d) None
Gujarat PSC AE (N.W.R.) 2020
Ans. (a) :
(a) 10 kNm (b) 20 kNm
(c) 40 kNm (d) 80 kNm
Gujarat PSC AE (N.W.R.) 2020
Ans. (c) :

293. Which is the most appropriate method to

analyze the structure shown below ?

Mp = constant for each member.

only sway mechanism

(a) Slope Deflection method

(b) Stiffness method
(c) Flexibility method
(d) Strain Energy Method
Gujarat PSC AE (N.W.R.) 2020
ESE 2007
Ans. (d) : Strain Energy Method is the most
appropriate method to analyze the given structure.
701
294. What is the moment at joint F, in a case where (a) MBC = 60 + EIθB
there is no side sway and the member CF is (b) MBC = –40 + 0.5EIθB + EIθC
along the axis of symmetry while a UDL of W (c) MBC = –40 + EIθB + 0.5EIθC
kN/m is applied all along the length BD as
(d) MBC = – 60 + EIθB
shown in the figure?
TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017
Ans. (c) :

(a) WL3/48 EI (b) WL3/384 EI

(c) 0 (d) None of the above − wl 2 −30 × 16
Gujarat PSC AE (N.W.R.) 2020 MFBC = =
12 12
Ans. (c) : The symmetry of the loading and frame = – 40 kN-m
does not allow any bending moment in column MCF.
Due to symmetry, zero moment in member CF. MBC = –MFBC + 2EI  2θB + θC − δ 
295. The bending moment diagram of the frame l  l
2EI
shown in figure will be = −40 + ( 2θB + θC ) [ ∵ δ = 0]
4
MBC = – 40 + EI θB + 0.5 EIθC
297. The number of plastic hinges which will cause
the overall total collapse of a structure is :
(a) one more than the order of static
indeterminacy
(b) equal to order of static indeterminacy
(c) one less than the order of static
indeterminacy
(d) not determinable
(a) (b) (UKPSC AE (Paper–I) 2007)
ESE-2007
Ans : (a) The number of plastic hinges which will
cause the overall total collapse of a structure is one
(c) (d) more than the order of static indeterminacy.
If an indeterminate structure has redundancy 'r' the
TNPSC AE 2019 insertion of 'r' plastic hinges make it statically
ESE 1995 determinate. For overall collapse of structure the
Ans. (d) Due to unsymmetrical nature of frame, the number of plastic hinges required are (r +1)
lateral translation will occur towards left. Therefore 298. The analysis of statically indeterminate
horizontal force equal and opposite nature will develop structures by the unit load method is based on
on the supports. (a) consistent deformation
(b) consistent force
(c) stiffness
(d) none of the above
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
296. The slope deflection equation at B of member Ans : (a) The analysis of statically indeterminate
BC for the frame shown in the figure is --------. structure by the unit load method is based on consistent
(Take EI = constant) deformation method.
The method consistent deformations development in
the proceeding sections for analyzing structures with a
single degree of indeterminacy can easily be extend to
the analysis of structures with multiple degree of
indeterminacy.
299. The horizontal deflection at C for the frame
loaded and supported as shown above is (EI is
constant)
702
 Ans : (c) If a framed structure is statically indeterminate
to the second degree, then the minimum number of
plastic hinges, for the complete collapse of the structure
will be 3.
Number of plastic hinges
Degree of indeterminacy +1
=2+1=3
Ml 2 Ml 2 302. A portal frame has a collapse mechanism as
(a) (b) shown in the figure, is a
( 4 EI ) ( 2 EI )
Ml 2 2Ml 2
(c) (d)
( 3EI ) ( EI )
APPSC AE 2016 (Mains)
(JPSC Combined AE Paper V 2013)
Ans. (b) :

(a) Pure portal mechanism

(b) Panel mechanism
(c) Combined mechanism
(d) Beam mechanism
(UKPSC AE (Paper-I) 2007)
ESE 2008
Ans : (c)
For member BC
Mx = Wx + M
∂Mx
=x
∂W
∂Mx dx
∫
δv = Mx .
∂W EI In combined mechanism each independent collapse
l dx
δv = ∫ ( Wx + M ) x. mechanism provides an independent equilibrium
0 EI equation.
∴W=0 (Factious load) 303. A frame ABCD is supported by a roller and a
M l hinge as shown in figure : The reaction at the
δLv =
EI 0 ∫ [Link] roller end A is given by
 Ml 2 
 δLv = 
 2EI 
300. The number of independent displacement
components at each joint of a rigid jointed
space frame is:
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 6
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
(a) P (b) 2P
Ans : (d) • Each joint of a rigid-jointed plane frame has
(c) P/2 (d) Zero
three independent displacement components because it
(UKPSC AE 2012 Paper–I)
has two linear movement and one rotation.
ESE 2013
• Each joint of a rigid-jointed space frame has six (6)
independent displacement component. Ans : (d)
301. If a framed structure is statistically
indeterminate to the second degree, then the
minimum number of plastic hinges required
for the complete collapse of the structure will
be
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
(JPSC Combined AE Paper V 2013)
ΣV= 0
ESE 2003
703
 RC= P + P = 2P 307. In the portal frame shown in the figure, the
RC= 2P ----------------(i) ratio of sway moments in column AB and CD
Taking moment at C point will be equal to :
HA × L + P × L/2 = P × L/2
HA × L = 0
HA = 0
Hence, Point A the reaction will be zero.
304. The slope deflection equation at the end B of
member BC for the frame shown in figure
below will be :

1 2
(a) (b)
3 3
9 13
(c) (d)
8 8
[HPPSC 2016-II]
4EI
(a) M BC = [2θc − θB ] (UKPSC AE (Paper-I) 2007)
8 ESE 2000
4EI
(b) M BC = [2θB − θC ] Ans : (c) Sway moment in column,
8 6EI ( ∆ ) 6EI ( ∆ ) 3EI ( ∆ )
4EI AB = = =
(c) M BC = [2θc − θB ] ( 2)
2
4 2
8
4EI Sway moment in column,
(d) M BC = [2θB + θC ]
8 6EI ( 2I )( ∆ ) 12EI ( ∆ ) 4EI ( ∆ )
CD = = =
(UKPSC AE 2012 Paper–I) ( 3)
2
9 3
ESE 1999
The ratio of sway moment in column AB and CD–
2 ( 2EI )
Ans : (d) M BC = 2θB + θC  3
AB 2 ( )
ℓ EI ∆
4EI R = =
M BC = 2θB + θC  CD 4 EI ∆
8  ( )
3
305. Which one of the following methods is more
 AB  9
accurate for the analysis of rigid frames? Ratio  =
(a) Substitute frame method  CD  8
(b) Portal method 308. Substitutive frame method is used to analyse
(c) Factor method the building frame if the frame is subjected to
(d) Slope deflection method _____.
(UPRVUNL AE 2015) (a) Lateral loads due to wind
Ans : (d) Slope deflection methods is more accurate for (b) Lateral loads due to earthquake
the analysis of rigid frames.
(c) Vertical live load only
306. A rigid jointed plane frame as shown below
(d) Vertical dead load and live loads
will have–
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
Ans. (d) :
⇒ Substitutive frame method for analysis of multi-
storey frame can be handy an approximate and
quick analysis. This method has been applied only
for vertical loading conditions.
⇒ The method assumes that the moments in the beams
of any floor are influenced by loading on that floor
alone. The influence of loading on the lower or
upper floor is ignored all together.
(a) Sway to right (b) Sway to left
(c) Not sway (d) None of above ⇒ The process involves the division of multistoried
(UTTRAKHAND AE 2013) structure into smaller frames. These sub frame are
Ans : (b) The rigid joint plane frame will sway to left. known as equivalent frames or substitutive frames.
704
309. A rigid frame ABCD with vertical members (a) MBA = 0.5EI.θB (b) MBA = EI.θB
AB and CD is pinned at A and roller supported (c) MBA = 0.5EI.θA (d) MBA = EI.θA
at 'D'. Horizontal member BC is loaded with Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
vertical point load of 90 kN at the centre of BC. Ans. (b) :
AB = BC = CD = 3 m. If support A rotates by
1
rad. and also sinks downward by 30 mm.
300
The reactions at A and D-
(a) shall be affected due to rotation and sinking
(b) shall not be affected due to rotation and
sinking
(c) reaction at A shall change but reaction at D
shall not change due to rotation and sinking MFBA = MFAB = 0
(d) None of the above MFCD = MFDC = 0
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I −25 × 52
MFBC = = -52 kNm
Ans. (b) : 12
+25 × 52
MFCB = = 52 kNm
12
For span AB, LAB = L = 4 m
Slope deflection equation
2 EI  3δ 
M BA = M FBA +  2θ B + θ A − 
L  L
δ = 0; θ A = 0
Structure is determinate : 2 EI
⇒ Since structure is determinate, reaction of A and D M BA = .( 2θ B ) = EI θ B
4
shall not be affected due to rotation and sinking,
312. For approximate analysis of building frames
because determinate structures can allow rotation under vertical loads, the point of inflection is
and sink without generating additional reactions. It assumed at-
is because they are not stiff enough to generate (a) Centre of each beam
resistance to rotation and translations of joints. (b) One-tenth of the span length from each end of
310. A rigid frame detailed to provide good ductility the beam
and support for both lateral and gravity loads (c) Centre of each column
by flexural action is called- (d) Both (a) and (c)
(a) Ordinary moment resisting frame OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I
(b) Intermediate moment resisting frame Ans. (b) :
(c) Special moment resisting frame
(d) All of the above
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
Ans. (d) : A rigid frame detailed to provide good
ductility and support for both lateral and gravity loads
by flexure action is known as moment resisting frame.
It can be classified further as-
⇒ Ordinary moment resisting frame.
⇒ Intermediate moment resisting frame.
⇒ Special moment resisting frame.
311. A fixed base symmetrical frame is shown in the
figure write slope deflection equation for
moment at B for member AB-
• For fixed beam, subjected to vertical loads the point
of inflection or point of zero moment occurs at 0.21L
from the both ends of the support.
• For a building frame, the support provided by the
columns is neither fixed nor simply supported. For the
purpose of approximate analysis the inflection point is
 0 + 0.21L 
assumed to occur at   ≃ 0.1 L from the
 2 
support.
705
313. Independent displacement components at each
joint of a rigid jointed plane frame are-
(a) Three linear movements
(b) One linear movement and two rotations
(c) Two linear movements and one rotation
(d) Three rotations
OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I
Ans. (c) : For a rigid jointed plane frame, at each joint,
3 displacements are possible –
(i) linear movement in ∆x in x direction M BA + M AB M CD
(a) + +P=0
(ii) Linear movement in ∆y in y direction 4 4
(iii) Rotation about Z axis, θz. M BC + M CB
(b) +P=0
314. What is the shear equation in slope deflection 4
method for the portal frame shown below? M BA + M AB
(c) +P=0
4
M CD
(d) +P=0
4
TNPSC AE 2018
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I
ESE 1996
Ans. (a) :
M AB + M BA M CD + M DC
(a) + +P=0
L L
M AB + M BA M BC + M CB
(b) + +P=0
L L
M BC + M CB M CD + M DC
(c) + +P=0
L L
M BC + M CB
(d) +P=0
L
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
Ans. (a) : Shear equation is given by
ΣH = 0
i.e. HA + HD + P = 0
M + M BA Shear equation due to horizontal force P and reaction
H A = AB in horizontal at A and D as
L
M DC + M CD HA + HD + P = 0
and HD = ∑ MB = 0
L
Hence shear equation is ⇒ MBA + MAB = HA × 4
M AB + M BC Μ CD + M DC M + M AB
+ +P=0 ⇒ H A = BA
L L 4
∑ MC = 0
315. A perfect frame should satisfy the relation
(a) m = 3j – 3 (b) m = 3j – 2 ⇒ MCD = 4 × HD
(c) m = 2j – 4 (d) m = 2j – 3 M
⇒ H D = CD
TNPSC AE 2018 4
Putting value of HA and HD in shear equation
Ans. (d) : Internal indeterminacy for a perfect frame is
zero. M BA + M AB M CD
+ +P=0
Ds = Dse + Dsi 4 4
317. A fixed beam of length L is subjected to
m + r − 2 j = r − 3 + Dsi
concentrated load W mid-span, the collapse
Dsi = m − (2 j − 3) = 0 load is (plastic moment = MP; length of beam =
or m = 2 j − 3 L)-
6M P 8M P
316. For the portal frame shown in figure, the shear (a) (b)
equation is L L
706
 16 M P 4M P  L 
(c)
L
(d)
L δ = 2 θ
 
MPPSC AE 2017 Internal work done (Wi) = Moment × Rotation
Ans. (b) : Wi = Mpθ + Mp2θ
[Wi = 3Mpθ]
Equating External Work = Internal Work
L
Wc × θ = 3M p θ
2
6M p
Wc =
L
319. If only beam mechanism is possible in the
frame given below, what will be the plastic
moment Mp developed?

External work = Internal work

4MPθ = Wδ
L
4MPθ = W θ
2
WL
MP =
8 (a) 10 kNm (b) 20 kNm
8M P (c) 40 kNm (d) 80 kNm
W=
L GPSC AE (Class 1 & 2) 2019
318. A propped cantilever beam of span l and
Ans : (b) :
constant plastic moment capacity MP carries a
concentrated load at mid-span. The load at
collapse will be
2M p 4M p
(a) (b)
ℓ ℓ
6M p 8M p
(c) (d)
ℓ ℓ External = Internal
ESE 2019 w × ∆ = M (θ + θ ) + M θ + M θ
P 1 2 P 1 P 2
Ans. (c) 1
40× × θ = MP (2θ2) + MP θ2 + MP θ2
2
l 2 × θ1 = 2 × θ2
40 × × θ = 4M P θ2 ∴ ∆=
2 θ1 = θ2
40 × 2 × θ 2 = 4M p θ2
Static indeterminacy 'Ds' = r–s. Mp = 20KN − M
r = Number of support reactions = 3 ---- (VB, VA & MA)
s = Number of equilibrium equations = 2 320. A propped cantilever ABCD is loaded as shown
Ds = 3–2 = 1 in figure. If it is of uniform cross-section, the
Number of possible plastic hinges 'N' = 2 [At A & C] collapse load of the beam will be nearly

External work done 'We' = Load × Displacement under

Mp Mp
(a) 6.5 (b) 5.6
load. L L
[We = Wc × δ] Mp Mp
δ (c) 4.7 (d) 3.8
tanθ ≅ θ = L L
L/2 ESE 2019
707
 Ans. (a) From carry over factor of 1/2 member end
moment at C = M/2

Plastic Hinges at A & B

WL W L
–Mpθ – Mpθ – Mpθ = – θ+ × θ
2 8 3
M + M / 2 1.5M
θ WL RB = = Tension
– 3Mpθ = – WL + θ l l
2 24
(this RB will act Axially (AB) member)
–11WLθ
– 3Mpθ = 322. Assertion (A): The principle of superposition
24
for deflection of beams subjected to a number
24M p θ
W= ×3 of loads can be applied in the case of large
11Lθ deformations.
72 M p Reason (R): In the principle of superposition,
W=
11 L the resultant deflection due to all the loads will
Mp be the algebraic sum of the deflections due to
W = 6.5 each load acting separately.
L
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct
321. Members AB and BC shown in the figure explanation of A
below are identical. Due to a moment 2M
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct
applied at B, what is the value of axial force in
the member AB? explanation of A
(c) A is true but R is false
(d) A is false but R is true
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
Ans : (d) : Superposition method follows only for small
deflection.
• The principle of superposition states that resultant
deflection due to all the loads will be the Algebraic
sum of individual deflection.
323. All members of the frame shown below have
the same flexural rigidity El and length L. If a
(a) M/L (Compression) moment M is applied at the joint B, then the
(b) M/L (Tension) rotation of the joint is
(c) 1.5 M/L (Compression)
(d) 1.5 M/L (Tension)
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
Ans : (d) :

(a) ML/12El (b) ML/11El

(c) ML/8El (d) ML/7El
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
GPSC AE (Class 1 & 2) 2019
708
 (d) It would sway both ways
CIL MT 2020
Ans : (b) : BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2014
Ans : (a)

The moment M is distributed to three member

meeting at joint B according to flexural
rigidity length and end condition.
4EI
K= ( for end fixed )
L Stiffness of member BA, and CD.
3EI 3EI 4EI
K= ( for end hinged ) KBA = , K CD =
L L L
The rotation 'θ' of all member meeting at joint The frame will sway towards the column of low
B is same. stiffness. Therefore, the frame would sway towards left
side.
4EI 4EI 3EI 11EI  ML 
M= θ+ θ+ θ= ,  θ=  326. In a single bay, single storey frame with fixed
L L L L  11EI 
ends and columns have the same values of
324. A single –bay portal frame of height h fixed at moment of inertia, the displacement factor for
the base is subjected to a horizontal the column is
displacement ∆ at the top. With constant EI, (a) –0.75 (b) –0.50
the base moment developed is proportional to (c) –1.0 (d) +1.0
1 1 AP (VSS-1) PART - A 2017
(a) (b) 2
h h Ans : (a)
1 1
(c) 3
(d) 4
h h
CIL MT 2020
ESE 2017, 2013
Ans. (b) 4EI
Distribution factor = L
4EI 4EI
+
L L
 4 
 DF = 8 = 0.5 
Displacement factor (∆) = –1.5 × D.F
∆ = –1.5 × 0.5
∆ = –0.75
327. How many independent mechanism can be
6EI∆ formed for a symmetrical portal frame of
Base Moment 'M' =
h 2 single bay and single storied, statically
indeterminate to first degree and subjected to a
1
M∝ 2 concentrated load on the beam portion and one
h at the beam-column junction?
So, the base moment developed is inversely (a) 1 (b) 4
proportional to 'h2' (c) 3 (d) 2
325. A single bay single storey portal frame has OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
hinged at left support and fixed at right Ans. (d)
support. It is loaded with uniformly distributed
load on the beam. Which one of the following
statement is true with regard to the
deformation of the frame
(a) It would sway to the left side
(b) It would sway to the right side
(c) It would not sway at all
709
 Static indeterminacy (DS) Ans. (b) : For the perfect frame or truss the
Ds = Dsc + Dsi assumption are–
where, 1) Firstly they should be loaded at joints not at centre.
Dsc = External indeterminacy 2) Self weight of truss/frame member is neglected
Dsc = r–s, for a plane frame 3) The joints, should be free i.e, hinged
where, 4) Perfect frame/truss or being called because they are
s = Number of equilibrium equations = 3 stable i.e, donot collapse under load.
r = Reaction components = 4 331. The distribution factor for the members OA,
Dsi = Internal Indeterminacy OB and OC are
Dsi = 3C for rigid jointed plane frame
C = Number of cuts required for obtaining an
open configuration (or) number of closed
boxes
Ds = Dse + Dsi = 1
Number of independent mechanism (I) = N – Ds
number of possible plastic hinges (N) = 3
I=3–1=2
328. If the number of members (m) are more than
that required by the equation m = 2j – 3 (j is
number of joints) such frames are called (a) 0.125, 0.375, 0.5 (b) 0.375, 0.5, 0.125
(a) Redundant frame (b) Weak frame (c) 0.5, 0.125, 0.375 (d) 0.5, 0.375, 0.125
(c) Perfect frame (d) Ideal frame Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
Punjab PSC SDE 2016
APPSC AEE MAINS 2016 Ans. (d) : DFOA = k OA
APPSC AEE 2016 ∑ ko
Ans. (a) : m = 2j – 3 (Perfect frame) k k
m > 2j – 3 (Imperfect redundant frame) DFOB = OB , DFOC = OC
∑ ko ∑ ko
m < 2j – 3 (Deficient frame)
329. Σko = kOA + KOB + KOC
4(2 EI) 4(1.5EI) 3EI
= + +
4 4 6
= 2 EI + 1.5 EI + 0.5 EI
Σko = 4 EI
k 2 EI 
A propped cantilever beam is shown in the DFOA = OA = = 0.5 
above diagram. What would be the collapse ∑ k o 4 EI 
load, if plastic moment capacity is given as Mp? k OB 1.5 EI 
(a) 1.25 Mp (b) 1.5 Mp DFOB = = = 0.375  DF = 1
∑ ko 4 EI 
(c) Mp (d) 2 Mp
k 0.5 EI 
UPRVUNL AE 2014 DFOC = OC = = 0.125
Ans. (c) : Possible mechanism for the given beam is ∑ ko 4 EI 
332. A rigid cantilever frame ABC is loaded and
supported as shown in the figure below. The
horizontal displacement of point C is

By principle of virtual work

W × 4θ = M p θ + M p × 3θ
W = MP
330. Which of the following assumption is not made
while analysis a perfect frame / truss :
(a) All members are pin jointed 2 Ph 3 Ph 2 ( 2h + L )
(b) All members are loaded at the centre (a) (b)
3EI 2EI
(c) Self weight of the members is neglected
Ph 3
Ph ( h + L )
2
(d) All members are subjected either tension or (c) (d)
compression 3EI 3EI
PSPCL AE 2012 Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
710
 Ans. (c) : (b) (d)

Ans. (a) :

Horizontal displacement at 'C'

L
Mx mx
δ HC = ∫ EI
dx The horizontal member will not be horizontal after
D deflection unless it is a rigid member but it is given
Mx = BM at a section x – x due to real loads that EI is constant.
mx = BM at a section x – x due to virtual unit load 334. Compatibility conditions are essentially
applied where we want to find the deflection. required to solve
(a) substitute frame (b) complex truss
(c) redundant frame (d) compound truss
TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012
Ans. (c) : If the number of member in a frame are
more then (2j – 3), then frame is called redundant
frame. So, far analysis we use additional condition
called compatibility condition to find out unknowns.
335. The rigid joint plane frame shown in figure will

Membe Mx–values mx–values L

Mx mx
r ∫
0
EI
dx

CB 0 0 0
BA –Px –x h
(− Px)(− x)
∫
0
EI
dx

h
(−Px)(− x) ph 3
δ HC = ∫
0
EI
dx =
3EI
(a) sway to right(b) sway to left
(c) not sway at all
(d) none of the above
UKPSC AE (Urban) 2011
333. A portal frame is shown in fig. below. The
Ans. (a) : The rigid joints place from shown in figure
deflection shape of the frame for constant EI is
will be sway to left.
as per :
336. A propped cantilever of span L carries a
vertical concentrated load at the mid-span. If
the plastic moment capacity of the section is
Mp, the magnitude of the collapse load is :
(a) 8 Mp/L (b) 6 Mp/L
(c) 4 Mp/L (d) 2 Mp/L
JPSC AE (Pre) 2019
Ans. (b) :
OPSC Civil Services Pre 2011
PL
ESE 1999 −M Pθ − M Pθ − M Pθ + θ=0
(a) (c) 2
6M P
⇒P=
L
337. The sway correction for a frame will be
necessary
(a) Only when the frame is unsymmetrical
(b) Only when the loading is unsymmetrical
711
 (c) Only when both the loading and the frame are ∆1 = ∆2 = ∆
unsymmetrical ∆1 = Lθ1
(d) When either the loading or the frame is L
unsymmetrical ∆2 = θ 2
Punjab PSC SDE 2016 2
6EI
Ans. (d) : When the frame is unsymmetrical or the M BA = 2 ∆
loading is unsymmetrical, there is sway correction for L
a frame. 3E ( 0.5 I ) 6EI ∆
338. For the frame shown below : supports A and D M CD = ∆= 2
(L / 2)
2
L
are hinged, joints B and C are rigid joints. The
beam DC is under a concentrated load P acting M BA
= 0.5
and mid-span of the beam. All members have M CD
the same length L and flexural rigidity EI.
340. In the frame shown in the figure, the support
‘D’ settles by ‘δ’. The fixed end moment in the
horizontal member of the frame will be (other
symbols have the usual meaning)

Now consider the following two statements:

Statement I: Horizontal reactions at supports
A and D are zero
Statement I: Vertical reactions at supports A
and D are P/2
Which of the following is CORRECT?
(a) Statement I is false, but Statement II is true
(b) Both Statement I and Statement II are true EIδ 6EIδ
(c) Both Statement I and Statement II are false (a) (b)
(d) Statement I is true, But Statement Ii is false 8 16
UPPCL AE 2018 3EIδ EIδ
(c) (d)
Ans. (a) : statement I is false, statement II is true. 16 16
339. Figure shows a portal frame with one end fixed APPSC AEE 2012
and other hinged. The ratio of the fixed end Ans. (b) :
M BA
moments due to side sway will be
MCD

(a) 1.0 (b) 2.0 6EIδ 6EIδ

(c) 2.5 (d) 3.0 M CD = 2
=
Haryana PSC AE 2017 L 42
APPSC AEE 2012 –6EIδ
M DC =
ESE 1995 42
Ans. (a) :  4EI  = 0.5
 BC = 4 
At B   2EI
 BA = 4EI  = 0.5
 4 
 4EI  = .33
CD = 2 
B  3EI
 CB = 4EI  = 0.67
 4 
712
 343. A beam of span 'L' of flexural rigidity 'EI' and
subjected to bending moment 'M', then strain
energy stored is equal to:
L M L M2
(a) ∫
0 2EI
dx (b) ∫
0 EI
dx

L M L M2
(c) ∫ 0 EI
dx (d) ∫ 0 2EI
dx
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
MFED = 0.375EIδ [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)]
or Ans : (d) When load deformation is within elastic limit,
6 the stress - strain diagram will be linear.
MFED = EIδ
16
341. In a linear elastic structural element
(a) stiffness is directly proportional to flexibility
(b) stiffness is inversely proportional to
flexibility
(c) stiffness is equal to flexibility
(d) stiffness and flexibility are not related
BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V Then the strain energy per unit volume is given by
P 1
Ans. (b) : Linear stiffness ( K ) = ∵ P : reaction U = W = × stress × strain
∆ 2
∆ : displacement 1
1 = × σ×∈
So, K = Linear stiffness is inversely proportional to 2
C 1 σ σ2
linear flexibility. U = σ× = ............ (i)
2 E 2E
342. The energy stored in a structural member is consider small element dx as shown in figure.
called resilience when the member is deformed:
(a) within the limit of proportionality
(b) upto elastic limit
(c) till fracture point
(d) half of elastic limit
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
Ans : (b) Resilience is defined as the total strain energy Let Mx be the BM at section
which can be stored in the given volume of the metal M y
and can be released after unloading. It is equal to area ∴ σ= x
under load deflection curve within elastic limit. I
∴ strain energy of the elementary volume of elemental
length ∆x and area ∆A is
σ2
∴ δu = × dx × ∆A
2E
M 2 y2
δu = x2 .dx.∆A
2I E
M 2 dx
δ U = ∑ x2 × d x .∆A
2I E
M 2x dx
δU = 2 × ∑ ∆AY 2
2I E
Modulus of resilience = Elastic strain energy per unit
M 2x dx
volume up to elastic limit. δU =
2EI
( sin ce ∑ dA.Y 2 = I )
1
= σ E ∈E ∴ Total strain energy
2 L
σy 1
2EI ∫0
[ ∵ at elastic limit σ E = σ y and ∈E = ] U= M 2x dx
E
1 σ y σ 2y M 2 dx
∴ modulus of resilience = σ y × = =∫
2 E 2E 2EI
713
344. In column analogy method, the width of the (a) 0 KN (b) 40 KN
column is equal to (c) 10 KN (d) 16 KN
(a) half the depth (b) depth PTCUL AE 2016
(c) width of the beam (d) unity Ans. (d) :
BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
Ans. (d) : Column analogy method is used to find end
moments and fixed and moment in statically
indeterminate beams.
An analogous column is a short column with width as
1/EI or unity.
345. The shear force carried by the intermediate
column compared to end column in a multi-bay
portal frame is
(a) half (b) double ΣMD = 0
(c) equal (d) triple RA × 5 – (4 × 10) × 2 = 0
BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V RA = 80/5
Ans. (b) : Since, an internal column (intermediate) of RA = 16 KN
multi bay frame represents two portal legs where as 348. In the analyses of plane frame, the stiffness
exterior column (end) column represents only one leg factor at a joint is taken equal to the sum of
portal. Intermediate column has twice shear force as stiffness factors the members connected to the
compared to end column. joint by using
346. A single bay single storey portal frame has a (a) Principle of virtual work
fixed left support and hinged right support. It (b) Principle of angular momentum
is loaded with a uniformly distributed load of (c) Principle of super position
w/ m length on the beam. Which one of the (d) Principle minimum work done
following statements is true with regard to the APPSC AEE 2016
deformation o the frame ? (Assume all the Ans. (c) : For analysis of plane frame the stiffness
members have equal length). factor at a joint is taken equal to the sum of stiffness
(a) Insufficient data factors the member connected to the joint by using
(b) It would sway to the left side principle of super position.
(c) It would sway to the right side
349. A method that cannot not be used to determine
(d) It would not sway at all
the forces in the members of a frame is :
BHEL ET 2019
(a) moment distribution method
Ans. (c) : (b) method of sections
(c) graphical method
(d) method of joints
DMRC AM 2020
Ans. (a) Moment distribution method is a
displacement method as its is not used to determine the
forces in the member of a frame.
350. Read the following statements about the
assumptions made in finding out the forces in a
It would sway to the right side because there is fixed frame :
support in the left side so, it is free to move in the right Statement 1 : The frame is a perfect frame.
side. Statement 2 : The frame carries load at the
4EI joints.
Stiffness of BA = and Select the appropriate option from the below.
L (a) Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true
3EI (b) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true
Stiffness CD =
L (c) Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false
347. What is the value of vertical reaction at A for (d) Both the statements 1 and 2 are false
the frame shown: DMRC AM 2020
Ans. (b) : Both the statements are individually correct
as the frame is a perfect frame and frame carries load
at the joints.
351. A portal frame may sway due to :
a) Eccentric loading on the portal frames.
b) Non-uniform section of the member.
Select the true statement.
714
 (a) Both the statements (a) and (b) are true (a) Mp/a (b) 2Mp/a
(b) Statement (a) alone is true (c) 3Mp/a (d) 4Mp/a
(c) Statement (b) alone is true Haryana PSC AE 2017
(d) Both the statements (a) and (b) is false Ans. (b) : There are five possible locations at which
(e) Information insufficient
CGPSC AE 2017 the plastic hinges can form statical indeterminacy of
the frame is 3. Total number of independent
Ans. (a) A portal frame may sway due to
(a) Eccentric loading on the portal frames mechanism i = n – r = 5 – 3 = 2
(b) Non- uniform section of the number • Beam mechanism,
352. Match list I (Collapse load for beam) with List
II (Values) and select the correct answer using
the codes given below in the lists if Mp is the
fully plastic moment in beam (as specified
below) of length L :
List-I List-II –MPθ – MPθ – MPθ – MPθ + W.a.θ = 0
(Collapse Load for beam) (Values)
 4M P 
W = a 
A. Fixed beam with a uniformly
4M p  
distributed load of intensity 'w' 1. • Combined mechanism,
L
B. Fixed beam with a central –MPθ – MPθ – MPθ – MPθ – MPθ – MPθ + 2W × 2.a.θ
6M p – Waθ = 0
point load 2. 3Waθ = 6MPθ
L
C. Propped cantilever with a  2M P 
 W=
8M p  a 
central point load 3. The collapse load given by combined mechanism is
L
D. Simply supported beam with minimum hence it is the ultimate load for the frame.
16M p 354. Which of the following is the condition for a
a central point 4. 2 rigid-jointed plane frame to be stable and
L
Code : statically determinate?
A B C D (Where n is number of member, j is number of
(a) 1 2 4 3 joint and r is reaction component)
(b) 2 1 3 4 (a) n + r = 2j (b) n+r = 3j
(c) 4 3 2 1 (c) 3n + r = 3j (d) n + 3r = 3j
(d) 1 2 3 4 UPRVUNL AE 2014
HPPSC Poly. Lect. 2016
ESE 2000 Ans. (c) : Condition for a rigid = jointed plane frame
Ans : (c) to be stable and statically determinate,
1 Collapse load = 3 n + r = 3j
→ 16 M P 355. Ties are load carrying members of a frame
which are subjected to
L2
2 Collapse load = (a) transverse loads
(b) axial tension loads
→ 8M P
(c) axial compressive loads
L (d) torsional loads
3 Collapse load =
WBPSC AE 2007
→ 6 MP
Ans. (b) : Ties are those members that are subjected to
L axial tension forces only. Load is applied to ties only at
4 Collapse load =
the ends. Ties cannot resist flexural forces.
→ 4 MP
356. Compatibility conditions are essentiality
L required to solve
353. What is the ultimate load for the frame shown (a) substitute frame
in the figure below?
(b) Complex truss
(c) Redundant frame
(d) Compound truss
Chandigarh AE 2017
Ans. (c) : Redundant sectional forces are required for
compatibility condition in statically in determinant
system.
715
 (d) a parabola with zero ordinate at fixed end and
5. Influence Line Diagram and maximum ordinate at free end
Rolling Loads APPSC AE 2016 (Mains)
Ans. (c) :
357. Maxwell's reciprocal theorem is valid
(a) for all statically determinate structure
(b) for all structures
(c) for all elastic structures
(d) for all structures with linear force
displacement relation
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)] θ ∝ x3
Ans : (d) Maxwell's reciprocal theorem is valid for any In a cantilever, the influence line diagram for
structure which is linear elastic in which hook's law is deflection at the free end is same as elastic Curve of
valid, temperature is constant and supports are the beam due to unit load placed at free end.
unyielding. Deflection due to point load placed on
3
358. When a uniformly distributed load, shorter cantilever is given as Px is cubic parabola and
3EI
than the span of the girder, moves from left to
hence ILD for deflection for a cantilever will be also
right, then the conditions for maximum
be cubic parabola.
bending moment at a section is that
(a) The head of the load reaches the section. 361. The variation of influence line for stress function
(b) The tail of the load reaches the section. in a statically determinate structure is:
(c) The load position should be such that the (a) parabolic (b) bilinear
section divides it equally on both side. (c) linear (d) uniformly rectangular
(d) The load position should be such that the (UKPSC AE (Paper-I) 2007)
section divides the load in the same ratio as it ESE 2007
divides the span Ans : (c) The variation of influence line for stress
Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019 function in a statically determinate structure is linear.
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I 362. Two parallel rails are running on railway
MPPSC AE 2014, ESE 2011 sleepers. The centre-to-centre distance between
Ans. (d) : Bending moment at section is maximum the rails is ‘b’ with the sleepers projecting by
when load is placed such that the section divide the an amount ‘a’ at each end beyond the rails.
load in the same ratio as it divides the span. When the train passes over the rails, the
reaction exerted by the ground can be taken as
uniformly distributed over the sleeper. The
b
ratio for the condition that the maximum
a
bending moment is as small as possible is
(a) 2.83 (b) 2.90
(c) 2.50 (d) 3.00
For maximum bending moment at section 'C' ESE 2017
a x  Ans. (a)
b = l − x
 
359. The reciprocal theorem of Maxwell is valid for
structure :
(a) having linear force-displacement relation
(b) that are elastic
(c) that are plastic
(d) irrespective of their type
CIL MT 2017
Ans. (a) : The reciprocal theorem of Maxwell is valid
for structures having linear force displacement
relation.
360. The influence line for deflection at the free end
of a cantilever is ■ Maximum (+) bending moment will occur at the
(a) a triangle with zero ordinate at fixed end and mid span of central span E and maximum (–ve)
maximum ordinate at free end B.M. will occur at the supports B and C.
(b) a constant line
■ For sagging moment is equal to hogging moment
(c) a cubic parabola with zero ordinate at fixed
end and maximum ordinate at free end the overhang distance; a = 0.207ℓ
716
 The distance between two supports is,
b = ℓ–2a
b ℓ – 2 × 0.207ℓ
=
a 0.207ℓ Influence line diagram for RB
 b 
 a = 2.83
 
363. The Muller-Breslau principle in structural
analysis is used for, 365. The natural frequency of a mass m at the end
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1 of the cantilever beam of negligible mass with
OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I usual notations will be :
ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2013 1 1
ESE 2012 1  3EI  2 1  6EI  2
(a)   (b)  
OR 2π  mL3  π  mL3 
Muller-Breslau's principle for obtaining 1 1
influence lines is applicable to 1  6EI  2 1  3EI  2
Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019 (c)   (d)  
2π  mL3  π  mL3 
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
ESE 2020
(a) Drawing influence line diagram for any force
function Ans. (a)
(b) Super-position of load effects
(c) Writing virtual work equation
(d) Calculating strain energy
Ans : (a) Muller-Breslau Principle : It states that, for
drawing the influence line for any force quantity (like Deflection at free end due to load ‘mg’
thrust, shear, and reaction support moment or bending (mg)L3
moment) in a structure. If an internal stress component δ= ................ (i)
3EI
or reaction is considered to act through some small
distance and thereby to deflect or displaced the P
∵ spring stiffness (k) =
structure. The curve of the deflected structure will be at δ
some scale of influence line for the stress or reaction P
∴ Beam transverse stiffness (kt) =
component. δ
mg 3EI
kt = = 3
(mg)L3 L
3EI
Now,
1 k
Natural frequency (fn) = Hz
2π m
1 3EI
fn = Hz
2π mL3
364. The influence line diagram for reaction at a 366. For the structure shown. The elements of the
support of a simply supported beam is flexibility matrix are
(a) triangle with ordinate 1 at that support
(b) a triangle with ordinate 1 at the support
(c) a rectangle with ordinate of 1
1
(d) a rectangle with ordinate of
2
l l2 l2
TNPSC AE 2018 (a) f11 = ; f 21 = ; f12 = ;
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (II) ( EI ) ( 2 EI ) ( 2 EI )
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003 l3
Ans. (a) : The influence line diagram for reaction at a f 22 =
support of simply supported beam is a triangle with ( 3EI )
ordinate 1.0 at the support. l3 l2 l2
(b) f11 = ; f 21 = ; f12 = ;
( 3EI ) ( 2 EI ) ( 2 EI )
l
f 22 =
Influence line diagram for RA ( EI )
717
 l l2 l2 (c) Length (d) Force × length
(c) f11 = ; f 21 = ; f12 = ; DSSSB AE 2019
( EI ) ( EI ) ( EI ) (BPSC AE 2012 Paper–V)
l3 Ans. (c) The ordinate of influence line diagram for
f 22 =
( 3EI ) bending moment always will be dimension of length.
369. The maximum bending moment for given
l l2 l2 influence line diagram is
(d) f11 = ; f 21 = ; f12 = ;
( EI ) ( 2 EI ) ( 2 EI )
l3
f 22 =
( 4 EI )
APPSC AE 2016 (Mains)
Ans. (a) :

(a) 240 kNm (b) 720 kNm

Development of flexibility matrix : (c) 960 kNm (d) 1060 kNm
According to moment developed : TNPSC AE 2019
TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017
Ans. (c) Maximum bending moment at a section occur
if the point load is at section.

According to force developed :

 ab  6 × 9
 l  = 15 = 3.6
 
maximum BMD = w(loading) × Area of BMD
F F 
Flexibility matrix =  11 12  = 200 × 3.6 + 100 × 2.4
 F21 F22  = 720 + 240 = 960 kN-m
367. In moment distribution method, the sum of 370. The Muller-Breslau principle can be used to
distribution factors of all members meeting at A. Determine the shape of the influence line
any joint is always- B. Indicate the parts of the structure to be
(a) Less than one (b) Zero loaded to obtain the maximum effect
(c) One (d) Greater than one C. Calculate the ordinates of the influence lines
WBPSC Poly Lect. 2019 Which of the statement are correct?
(a) Only A (b) Only A and B
TNPSC AE 2018
(c) Only B and C (d) All three
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
UPRVUNL AE 2015
BPSC AE 2012 Paper–V
UKPSC AE (Urban) 2011 Ans. (d) : The Muller- Breslau principle can be used
OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I for drawing ILD of any force function not only for
statically determinate structures but also of
Ans. (c) : The distribution factor for a member at a
indeterminate structure. It uses deflection profile of the
joint is the ratio of the stiffness of the member to the
basis for ILD
total stiffness of all the members meeting at that joint.
371. Two wheel loads 80 kN and 200 kN respectively
 Stiffness i  spaced 2 m apart, move on a girder of span 16
DFi =  
 Total Stiffness of joint  m. Any wheel load can lead the other. The
k + k + .......kn maximum negative shear force at a section 4 m
∑ DF = 1 2 =1 from the left end will be
∑k (a) – 50 kN (b) – 60 kN
368. The ordinate of influence line diagram for (c) – 70 kN (d) – 80 kN
bending moment always will be: ESE 2019
(a) Force (b) Force/length CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I
718
 Ans. (b) 375. Influence line diagram for bending moment in
a simply supported beam is a:
(a) straight line (b) parabola
(c) triangle (d) None of these
Note : Any wheel load can lead the other. [UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
Ans : (c)

Influence Line Diagram for shear force

To get maximum negative shear force at a section 'C'
place the greater load i.e. 200kN just left to the section
'C' and 80 kN load on span 'A' maximum negative
shear force at section 'C'
2 4
SF= – 80 × – 200 ×
16 16
SF = – 10 – 50
SF = – 60kN
372. The Influence Line Diagram for bending
moment for determinate structure is–
(a) Curved
(b) Linear
(c) Combination of curved and linear
(d) Irregular
APPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2020
Ans. (b) : Linear : The influence line diagram (ILD) 376. The maximum bending moment due to single
of shear force and bending moment B.M. is linear for moving point on a simply supported beam
determinate structures and will be curved for occurs at
indeterminate structures. (a) quarter span
(b) mid span
373. If a structure is subjected to moving loads, the (c) any where in the beam
variation in bending moment and shear is best (d) a section under the load
described using_______. [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011]
(a) Shear force diagram [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (II)]
(b) Influence load diagram Ans : (d)
(c) Influence line diagram
(d) Bending moment diagram
LMRC AM 2019
Ans. (c) Influence line diagram best describe the
variation in bending moment and shear when structure
is subjected to moving loads.
374. In the displacement method of structural
analysis the basic unknowns are :
(a) Displacements
(b) Force
(c) Displacement and forces
(d) None of these From the ILD for B.M. at section C-C it is clear that the
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I maximum bending moment due to single moving point
load on simply supported beam occurs at section under
Ans. (a) : Displacement Method –
the load.
(1) Unknowns taken are Displacement and forces.
377. For stable structures, one of the important
(2) To find unknown displacement joint equilibrium
properties of flexibility and stiffness matrix is
conditions are written. that the elements on the main diagonal
(3) The no. of equilibrium conditions needed is equal (1) must be positive of stiffness matrix
to degree of kinematic indeterminacy. (2) must be negative of stiffness matrix
719
 (3) must be positive of flexibility matrix 382. The peak ordinate of Influence line diagram
(4) must be negative of flexibility matrix for bending moment at 'a' from left support of
The correct answer is– simply supported beam of span 'L' is given by
(a) 1 and 3 (b) 2 and 3 L (a − L)
(c) 1 and 4 (d) 2 and 4 (a) aL (b)
(BPSC AE 2012 Paper–V) a
Ans : (a) 1 and 3 a (L − a ) a (L − a )
For stable structure, important properties of flexibility (c) (d)
a L
and stiffness matrix.
(BPSC AE Paper V 2006)
(1) Must be positive of stiffness matrix.
Ans : (d) The peak ordinate of influence line diagram
(2) Must be positive of flexibility matrix.
for bending moment at 'a' from left support of simply
378. The Muller-Breslau principle can be used to-
(1) determine the shape of the influence line a (L − a )
supported beam of span 'L' is .
(2) indicate the parts of the structure to be loaded L
to obtain the maximum effect
(3) calculate the ordinates of influence lines
The correct answer is-
(a) 1 only (b) Both 1 and 2
(c) 2 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
(BPSC AE 2012 Paper–V)
Ans : (d) The Muller–Breslau principle can be used to–
(a) Determine slope of the influence line.
(b) The structure to be loaded to obtain the maximum
effect.
(c) Calculate the ordinates of influence lines.
379. The maximum ordinate of the influence line
diagram for bending moment at the fixed
support in cantilever beam will occur at:
(a) fixed support
(b) mid span
(c) quarter span from fixed end
(d) free end
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (II)]
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011]
Ans : (d) The maximum ordinate of the influence line
diagram for bending moment at the fixed support in
cantilever beam will occur at free end.
380. In a frame the point of inflection occurs in
(a) beam only
(b) column only
(c) beam column joint
(d) anywhere in the frame
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
Ans : (d) Point of inflection, where bending moment
changes sign, it depends on loading so it may occur 383. The influence line for moment at point 'A' of
anywhere in the frame. the beam shown in fig. is.
381. Influence line for a forcing function gives its
variation at
(a) mid span (b) support
(c) given section (d) every where in the beam
UK Combined A.E. Paper Ist 2012)
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)
OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I
Ans : (c) Influence line represents variation of a stress
function such as shear force, bending moment, reaction,
slope or deflection at a section when unit concentrated
load moves from one end to the other end. [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
720
Ans : (b) The max bending moment at section X is equal
to-
(a) 12 tm (b) 24 tm
(c) 48 tm (d) 96 tm
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
Ans. (c) : For udl longer than span, it is on full length
of the beam. To calculate maximum value of bending
According to Muller-Breslau principle "the ILD for any moment at section X, we will have to calculate the area
stress function in structure is represented by its under ILD.
deflected shape obtained by removing the restraint
offered by that stress junction and introducing a direct
reaction generating unit displacement in the direction of
that stress function."
So that obtained ILD for moment of A provide hinge at
A and give unit displacement.
384. Written below are some types of structure
1. Beams
2. Frames
3. Trusses
Muller – Breslau's principle is applicable to
which type of structures
Select correct answer from the following– 1 1
(a) 1 only (b) 2 only M = × 4 × 3 × 2 + ×12 × 3 × 2
(c) 1 and 2 only (d) 1, 2 and 3 2 2
RPSC VPITI 2012 M = 12 + 36
OR M = 48 tm
Muller-Breslau principle is applicable for: 387. If unit load moves from left to right on Simply
(a) Determinate structures Supported beam the nature of ILD for reaction
(b) Indeterminate structures is-
(c) Influence lines
(d) All of the above (a) Parabolic
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (II)] (b) Hyperbolic
Karnataka PSC AE 2017 Paper - II (c) Horizontal Straight Line
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)] (d) Inclined Straight Line
Ans : (d) Muller-Breslau principle gives qualitative ILD Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
for any structure either determinate or indeterminate. Ans. (d) : ILD for reaction on simply supported beam
385. Influence line for redundant structures can be is given as
obtained by
(a) Castigliano’s theorem
(b) Muller-Breslau principle
(c) Unit load method
(d) Maxwell-Betti reciprocal theorem
(JPSC Combined AE Paper V 2013)
Ans : (b) Influence line for redundant structures can be
obtained by Muller-Breslau principle.
386. The influence line for bending moment at
section X(MX) at a distance of 4 m from the left
support of a simply supported girder AB is
shown in figure below. A uniformly distributed
load of intensity 2 t/m longer than the span
crosses the girder from left to right-
i.e. inclined straight line.
388. Free body diagram is an-
(a) Isolated joint with only body forces acting on
it
(b) Isolated joint with all the forces internal as
well as external, acting on it
(c) Isolated joint with internal acting on it
(d) None of these
OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I
721
 Ans. (b) : (a) 92.8 kN (b) 23.186 kN
(c) 17.4 kN (d) 69.66 kN
Karnataka PSC AE 2017 Paper - II
Ans. (b) : Maximum compression will occur when the
UDL is placed on compression part of ILD only.

Free body diagram is a graphical illustration used to

visualise the applied forces, moments and resulting
reactions on a body in a given condition.
389. The positive and negative shear force (kN) of a
given influence line diagram shown below:

x 0.29
=
4 − x 0.58
4−x
x=
(a) 75, 50 (b) 75, 75 2
(c) 75, 25 (d) 25, 75 4
TNPSC AE 2018 x= m
3
Ans. (c) : Maximum compression in the member
1  4 
= × 0.29 ×  4 + 30kN 
2  3 
= 23.186 kN
392. What is/are the use(s) of influence lines?
(i) To study the effect of moving loads on the
structure
(ii) To calculate the value of stress function with
the critical load condition
(iii) To find the position of live load for a
for maximum +ve shear 100 KN is placed just right to maximum value of particular stress function
C maximum +ve shear at C = 100 × 0.75 = 75 KN (a) Only (i) (b) (i) and (ii)
for maximum–ve shear 100 KN is placed just left to C
(c) (ii) and (iii) (d) (i), (ii) and (iii)
Maximum – ve shear at C = 0.25×100=25 KN
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
390. Which of the following method is a (UKPSC AE 2012 Paper–I)
displacement method?
(a) Column analogy method Ans : (d) : • Influence lines are important in the design
(b) Three moment equation of structures that resist large line loads.
(c) Euler's method • If a structure is subjected to a line or moving load the
(d) Moment distribution method variation in shear and moment is best described using
TNPSC AE 2018 influence lines.
Ans. (d) : In displacement method forces are known • Constructing an influence line is completely different
and displacement is calculated. from constructing a shear or moment diagram.
There are three types of displacement methods:- 393. The given figure shows ILD for SF and BM at
(1) Slope deflection method section 1
(2) Moment distribution method AC = 3 m, BC = 9 m
(3) Stiffness matrix method.
391. The Influence Line Diagram (ILD) for a force
in a truss member is shown in the figure. If a
Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) of intensity
of 30 kN/m longer than the span traverses, then
the maximum compression in the member is :

The value of SF and BM at 1 due to

concentrated load of 20 kN at mid span will be
722
 (a) 0.75 kN and 2.25 kN-m 396. SFD and BMD represents effect of fixed load at
(b) 5 kN and 5 kN-m all points. Influence line represents effect of
(c) 7.5 kN and 10 kN-m moving load at
(d) 10 kN and 30 kN-m (a) center of a beam
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1 (b) along the moving load
(c) critical point under load
Ans. (d) :
(d) specified point only
Rajasthan AE Nagar Nigam Shift-3, 2016
Ans. (d) : Influence line represents effect of moving
load at any given point on the beam.
397. The maximum bending moment under a
particular load moving among the several
moving loads on a simply supported beam
occurs when that point load is placed
(a) at mid-span
(b) at one third-point
(c) at quarter point
(d) at a point when CG of all loads and particular
load are equidistant from mid-span
TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012
Ans. (d) : Let a train of concentrated load w1, w2, w3
......... move on S.S Beam. AB from left to right an
shear force = 20 × 0.5 = 10 kN shown in figure. Now, let the condition the condition
Bending moment = 20 × 1.5 = 30 kN-m for moment to be maximum under wheel load w2 is
394. Influence line diagram for member DC in given required
truss will be.

(a) (b) Let R be the resultant of all loads and its distance from
w2 be (d) and support (x)
R( L − x)
(d) Now, RA =
L
(c) therefore, moment under load w2,
Vizag steel MT 2017 M = RA (x + d) – R × d
Ans. (d) : Influence line diagram L − x
= R  (x + d ) − R × d
 L 
R
= ( Lx − x 2 + Ld − xd ] − R × d
L
The ILD for top chord members may also be drawn in For the moment to be maximum
similar lines as that of bottom chord members. dM R
395. The influence line for structural function is = 0 = [L − 2x − d ]
dx L
used for obtaining the maximum value due to :
L d
(a) Single point load only or x= −
(b) Uniformly distributed load only 2 2
(c) Several point loads distance of w2 from A
(d) All of the above L d
= x+d = − +d
OPSC Civil Services Pre 2011 2 2
Ans. (d) The influence line diagram is drawn for L d
maximum value due to structural element is – = +
2 2
• Single point load thus, we can conclude, for moment to be maximum
• Uniformly distributed load under any particular load, the load and the resultant
• Several points load should be equidistant from the mid span.
723
398. A uniformly distributed load of length 8 m Ans. (d) : Influence lines can be generated by
passes over a simply supported beam of 20 m independently applying a unit load at several points on
span. If there is a maximum bending moment a structure and determining the value of the function
at the left quarter point then the distance due to this load i.e. shear, axial and moment at desired
between the CG of load and centre of span will location.
be 400. An influence line diagram shows variation of
(a) 0 (b) 2 m (a) shear force only
(c) 3 m (d) 4 m (b) bending moment only
TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012 (c) shear force and bending moment
Ans. (c) : (d) the function for which it is drawn
UKPSC AE (Urban) 2011
Ans. (d) : An influence line for a given function, such
as reaction, axial force, shear force is a graph that
shows the variation of that function for which it is
drawn.
401. The influence line diagram for BM at a section
of a simply supported beam will be a
(a) Triangle with maximum ordinate at the
section and zero at the two supports
(b) Triangle with maximum ordinate at the
support nearer to the section and zero at the
other supports
(c) Rectangle with unit ordinate
Position of load for maximum moment (d) Triangle with maximum ordinate of unity at
D is mid point - maximum B.M. will developed at 'C' the section and zero at both the supports
when load is partly to left of section and partly to right Punjab PSC SDE 2016
of section. The position of section is shown in figure. Ans. (a) :
By figure
 y + yc   yc + y 2 
M c = w.x  1  + w(8 − x)  2 
 2   
For Mc to be maximum
dM c w( y1 + yc ) w( yc + y2 )
=0= −
dx 2 2
This moment at (c) will be maximum when co-ordinate
at ILD for Mc at head and tail of UDL are equal.
Now, y1 = y2 ILD for BM is triangular with maximum ordinate at
5− x  (20 − 5) − (8 − x) the section and zero at two supports.
 y
 c = y c 402. What is the ordinate of influence line at B for
 5  (20 − 5)
reaction RD in the figure below?
5− x 7+ x
 =
 5  15
(5 − x)3 = (7 + x)
15 – 3x = 7 + x
8 = 4x
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.4
x=2 (c) 0.2 (d) zero
CG of load will be at 2m from (c) and distance b/w Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019
mid span and (c) = 5m so distance b/w point at CG of Ans. (a) :
total load and mid span = 5 – 2 = 3m
Note:-B.M. at section is maximum when load is so
placed that the section divides the load in the same
ratio as it divide the span.
399. Influence lines can be drawn for
(a) statically determinate beam only
(b) statically indeterminate beam only
(c) statically determinate truss only
(d) any structure
UKPSC AE (Urban) 2011
724
403. What is the area of influence line diagram for
the reaction at the hinged end of a uniform
propped cantilever beam of span L?
(a) L/ 8 (b) L/ 2
(c) L/ 4 (d) 8 L/ 8
Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019
Ans. (c) :
TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017
Ans. (a) :

bh L
Area of cubic parabola =
n +1 4
406. Influence line for any stress function are used
for obtaining maximum value because of :
(a) Uniform live load only
(b) Multiple point loads
404. The absolute maximum bending moment in a (c) Single point load, uniform live load and
simply supported beam of span 20 m due to a multiple point loads
moving udl of 4 t/m spanning over 5 m is (d) Unit point load only
(a) 87.5 t-m at the support UPPCL AE 2015
(b) 87.5 t-m near the mid point Ans. (c) : An influence line graphs the variation of a
(c) 3.5 t-m at the mid point function at a specific point on a frame or truss caused
(d) 87.5 t-m at the mid point by unit load placed at any point along structure.
APPSC AEE 2012 407. Muller-Breslau principle is applicable to get
influence line for which of the following?
Ans. (d) : (a) Reaction at ends of a simple beam
(b) Bending moment at a section
(c) Shear force at a section
(d) Forces and moments at any section
GPSC AE June 2019
Ans. (d) : Muller-Breslau Principle is a method to
determine influence lines. The principle states that
influence lines of an action (Force or moment)
assumes the sealed form of deflection displacement.
Z ( L – Z ) 10 ( 20 – 10 )
yc = = 408. A single rolling load of 8 kN rolls along a girder
L 20 of 15m span. The absolute maximum bending
yc = 5 moment will be
x 10 10 – 2.5 (a) 8 kN-m (b) 15 kN-m
= y1 = ×5 (c) 30 kN-m (d) 60 kN-m
5 – x 10 10 GPSC AE June 2019
x = 2.5 m y1 = 3.75m = y2 Ans. (c) :
 3.75 + 5 
Maximum moment = 4 ×  × 2.5 × 2
 2 
= 87.5 t–m at mid point
405. The influence line diagram for force in member
XY of the truss shown in fig will be :

Absolute bending moment –

M = 8 × 3.75
M = 30 kN-m
725
409. The maximum bending moment at a section 412. For the continuous beam shown in figure, the
due to moving loads in a simple beam occurs ILD for reaction at D is .................
when :
(a) load covers the entire span
(b) load extends to one side of the section
(c) the section divides the load in the same ratio
as it divides the span
(d) the load is placed on both sides of the section
in 50:50 ratio
(a)
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)]
Ans : (c) Maximum B.M. at section C-C will occur
when average loading just to the left of C is equals to
(b)
average loading just to right of C, it means section C-C
divides load in same ratio as it divide to the span.

(c)

(d)
410. Absolute maximum bending moment under Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I
any given wheel in a beam due to several point Ans. (b) : Give unit deflection at D.
loads occurs when:
Since beam is determinate So, ILD will be straight
(a) this wheel is at mid-span
line.
(b) this wheel and centre of gravity of the total
load system are equidistant from the ends of
the beam
(c) this wheel and the maximum load wheels are
equidistant from the ends of the beam
(d) None of the above If there is no hinge at C then beam will be
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)] indeterminate and ILD will be curved.
Ans : (d) Absolute maximum bending moment occurs
when position of load is such that centre of span is mid
way between C-G of load group and load under
consideration.
411. For simply supported beam of span 10 m,
influence line diagram is drawn for bending 413. Identify the incorrect statement with respect to
moment at a section 4 m from left had support. Muller-Breslau principle by which influence
The maximum bending moment at the section lines for structures can be found.
due to moving point load of 160 kN is equal to (a) Law of superposition holds good for Muller-
................ Breslau principle
(a) 640 kN-m (b) 960 kN-m (b) Muller-Breslau principle is applicable only
(c) 384 kN-m (d) 400 kN-m when the material is within the elastic limit
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I
(c) Muller-Breslau principle is applicable only
Ans. (c) for determinate structures
 ab  (d) Muller-Breslau principle gives an excellent
Max. BM at C = P  
 l  experimental approach to determine the
 4×6  influence lines of structures
= 160 ×   = 384 kNm
 10  UPPCL AE 2019
726
 Ans. (c) Muller - Breslau has application in the 417. A single load of 100 kN rolls along a girder of
Analysis of both statically determinate and 20 m span. What will be the maximum positive
indeterminate structures, especially for the purpose of shear force and bending moment?
(a) 100 kN, 1,000 kN-m
drawing influence line.
(b) 200 kN, 800 kN-m
As per Muller Breslau principle, influence line for any
(c) 100 kN, 500 kN-m
stress function line for any stress function at any (d) 400 kN, 1,200 kN-m
section may be obtained by remaining the restraint in (e) 400 kN, 1,000 kN-m
that direction and applying unit displacement in that CGPSC AE 2017
direction. The deflected shape gives the desired ILD. Ans. (c)
414. Identify the incorrect statement about Muller SFA = 1 kN (due to unit load)
Breslau principle. SFA = 1 × 100 kN = 100 kN (for 100 kN load)
(a) It gives excellent experimental approach to ILD for BM
= 5 × 100 = 500 kN-m
determine the influence lines for due to 100 kN
indeterminate structures 418. All members of the frame shown below have
(b) It is applicable only for indeterminate the same flexural rigidity EI and length L. If a
structures moment M is applied at joint B, the rotation of
(c) It gives analytical method to find Influence the joint is :
line diagram
(d) It is applicable when the material is within the
elastic limit and obeys Hooke’s law
CIL MT 2020
Ans. (b) : Muller - Breslau has application in the ML ML
(a) (b)
analysis of both statically determinate and 12EI 11EI
indeterminate structures, especially for the purpose of ML ML
(c) (d)
drawing influence lines. 8EI 7EI
415. A method that is used to draw influence lines HPPSC Poly. Lect. 2016
for various quantities pertaining to a structure Ans : (b)
is :
(a) Muller-Breslau principle
(b) moment distribution theorem
(c) unit load theorem
(d) Castigliano's theorem 4 EIθ 4EIθ 3EIθ
M= + +
DMRC AM 2020 L L L
Ans. (a) : Muller-Breslau principle is used to draw 11EIθ
M=
influence line for various quantities pertaining to a L
structure. ML
then, θ=
416. What is the stiffness for a far end fixed beam? 11EI
3EI 4EI 419. Maxwell's reciprocal theorem in structural
(a) K = (b) K=
L L analysis-
12EI 16EI (a) Is true for any structure obeying Hooke's law
(c) K = (d) K = (b) can be applied to the rotations caused by
L L
flexure, shear or torsion
20EI (c) is useful in analyzing indeterminate structures
(e) K =
L (d) All of these
CGPSC AE 2017 RPSC AE 2018
Ans. (b) Stiffness for a far end fixed beam : Ans. (d) Maxwell's reciprocal theorem in structural
Stiffness for a far end hinged beam analysis is true for all the above options.
727
 3EI
6. Method of Structural Ans. (b) : δ BA =
l
Analysis 4EI
δ BC =
l
420. The moment required to rotate the near end of
a prismatic beam of length 'L' through a unit 3EI
δ BA 3
angle without translation, the far end being = l =
simply supported, is given by δ BC 4 EI 4
(Where El is the flexural rigidity of beam) l
(a) 3EI/L (b) 2EI/L 423. The absolute stiffness of prismatic member
(c) 4EI/L (d) EI/L with one end hinged is
OPSC AEE (Paper–I) 2019
2EI 4EI
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) (Paper–I) 2019, 2015 (a) (b)
UJVNL AE 2016 l l
BPSC AE (Paper–V) 2012 3EI EI
Ans. (a) : The moment required to rotate the near end (c) (d)
l l
of prismatic beam through a unit angle, without
APPSC AE (Mains) 2016
3EI OPSC AEE (PAPER–I) 2015
translation, the far end being simple is
L Ans. (b) :

We know,
M
Stiffness =
4EI θ
• When the far end being fixed, then moment =
L ML
∴ θ=
4EI
M 4EI
K= =
ML / 4EI L
424. The displacement method is also referred to as
421. The carry over factor in a prismatic member ____________?
whose far end is hinged is (a) Minimum strain energy method
(a) zero (b) 3/4 (b) Maxwell Mohr method
(c) 1/2 (d) 1 (c) Consistent deformation method
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I (d) Slope-deflection method
UJVNL AE 2016 GPSC AE June 2019
Ans. (a) : Carry over factor is defined as the ratio of UPPCL AE 2014
the moment at the far end to the moment at the rotating Ans. (d) : In the slope deflection method displacement
near end. (slope and deflection) are treated as unknown. Thus
• If far end is hinged – the slope deflection method is a displacement method.
 0  In this it is assumed that deformation are caused due to
COF = M = 0 bending moment only.
 
425. Slope deflection method is suitable for analysis
• If far end is fixed– of
(a) Continuous beam
 M/2 1
COF = M = 2 
(b) Simply supported beam
  (c) Fixed beam
• If far end is guided roller– (d) Cantilever beam
 −M  GPSC AE January 2018
COF = M = −1 Ans. (a) : Slope deflection method is the classical
  method of analysis of indeterminate beams and frames.
422. For a symmetric continuous beam shown For determinate structure, slope deflection method is
below, which is the correct distribution at B – suitable for continuous beam.
426. In an elastic system, the external work done by
a force pi during the deformations caused by
(a) δBA: δBC = 3:8 (b) δBA: δBC = 3:4 another pj is equal to the external work done
(c) δBA: δBC = 1:2 (d) δBA: δBC = 3:2 by the force pj during the deformations caused
UPPCL AE 2014 by pi is stated by
728
 (a) Maxwell (b) Betti 429. The flexibility of an element can be defined as
(c) Maxwell-Betti's (d) Euler (a) Flexural moment per unit rotation
TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012 (b) Rotation per unit moment
Ans. (c) : Maxwell-Bettis– State that, in an elastic (c) Flexibility for unit translation
system, the external work done by force Pi during the (d) None of these
deformation caused by another force Pj is equal to the Punjab PSC SDE 2016
external work done by the force Pj during the
Ans. (b) : Flexibility of a element is defined as
deformations caused by Pi.
displacement caused by a unit force or rotation caused
427. At a joint where several members meet, any by unit moment.
applied moment will be distributed among the
various members δ θ
f = or f =
(a) Equally R M
(b) In proportion to their stiffness where = flexibility
(c) Equally among such members whose far ends
δ = displacement
are fixed
(d) Equally among such members whose far ends R = force
are hinged θ = rotation, M = moment
Punjab PSC SDE 2016 430. For the box section, the distribution factor for
Ans. (b) : A moment which tends to rotate without members AB and BC are.
translation a joint to which several members are
connected to be divided amongst the connected
member in proportion to their stiffness.
If BA, CA, DA beams connected to A and a rotation θ
is given to joint A by an external moment M.

(a) 1/2, 1/2 (b) 2/17, 15/17

(c) 15/17, 2/17 (d) 1/3, 2/3
UJVNL AE 2016
Ans. (b) :

• Rotation of each member at A to θ.

• MAB, MAC, MAD will be in the ratio k1, k2, k3
k k k
M AB = 1 m M AC = 2 m M AD = 3 m
∑k ∑k ∑k
The moments are distributed to different members
according to their relative stiffness at a joint in
moment distribution method. Relative stiffness –
428. Which one of the following statements is true 2EI 3EI
KAB = ; K BC =
with regard to the flexibility method of 10 2
analysis? Distribution factors –
(a) The method is used to analyze determinate
K AB 2EI /10 2
structures D AB = = =
(b) The method is used only for manual analysis K AB + K AD 2EI + 3EI 17
of indeterminate of flexible structure 10 2
(c) The method is used only for analysis of 3EI
flexible structure K BC 15
(d) The method is used for analysis of D BC = = 2 =
indeterminate structures with lesser degree of K AB + K BC 2EI + 3EI 17
static indeterminacy 10 2
Punjab PSC SDE 2016 431. A moment, which tends to rotate a joint
UTTRAKHAND AE 2013 without translation, will be divided amongst
Ans. (d) : Flexibility method is used for analysis of the connecting members at the joint in the
redundant structure with lesser degree of static proportion to their
indeterminacy. . (a) flexural rigidity (b) stiffness
Note-Stiffness methods is used where kinetic (c) relative stiffness (d) moment of inertia
indeterminacy is less than static indeterminacy. BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
729
Ans. (c) : A moment which tends to rotate without 434. For stable structures, one of the important
translation a joint to which several members are properties of flexibility and stiffness matrices is
connected to be divided amongst the connected that the elements on the main diagonal
member in proportion to their stiffness. 1. of a stiffness matrix must be positive
If BA, CA, DA beams connected to A and a rotation θ 2. of a stiffness matrix must be negative
is given to joint A by an external moment M. 3. of a flexibility matrix must be positive
4. of a flexibility matrix must be negative
The correct answer is
(a) 1 and 3 (b) 2 and 3
(c) 1 and 4 (d) 2 and 4
GOA PSC Assistant Prof. 2020
Ans. (a) : Elements of main diagonal of stiffness
matrix and flexibility are always positive because at a
point, displacement will always occur in the direction
of force applied at that point.
435. A beam EI-constant of span L is subjected to
• Rotation of each member at A to θ. clockwise moments M at both the ends A and
B. The rotation of end A works out to be
• MAB, MAC, MAD will be in the ratio k1, k2, k3
k k k
M AB = 1 m M AC = 2 m M AD = 3 m
∑k ∑k ∑k
432. When a unit rotation is given at end A of beam
shown in figure, the moment produced at end B ML ML
will be (a) (b)
2EI 3EI
ML ML
(c) (d)
4EI 6EI
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
4 EIθ
(a) 2EI/L (b) 4EI/L Ans. (d) : M =
L
(c) –4EI/L (d) 6EI/L
UKPSC AE (Urban) 2011
Ans. (a) :

A unit rotation is given at end A of beam then the

moment produced at end B will be that 2EI/L
433. A beam is hinged at one end A and fixed at
other end B. If a moment M is applied at A,
what is the moment developed at the end B.
(a) –M (b) M
M M
(c) (d) −
2 2 ML
JPSC AE 2009 Rotational at A due to moment at A =
3EI
ESE 2004
−ML
Ans. (c) : Rotational at A due to moment at B =
6EI
6 EIθ ML
M= ⇒θ =
L 6 EI
436. Carry-over factor CBA for the beam shown in
the figure below is
1
Carryover factor =
2
M
MA =
2
730
 (a) a/b (b) 3/4 M 4EI
(c) a/L (d) 1/2 K= =
θ L
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1 (b) Far end hinged :
Ans. (a) :

Induced moment
Carry over factor (COF) = M 3EI
Applied moment K= =
θ L
M×a (c) If far end is a guided roller :
a
COF = b =
M b
437. The fixed support condition in a real beam
becomes in the conjugate beam a condition as
(a) fixed (b) roller EI
(c) hinged (d) free K=
L
GPSC AE June 2019 (d) If far end is a roller :
BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
Ans. (d) When the real beam is fixed supported
both the slope and displacement are zero. Here the
conjugate beam has a free end, since at this end
there is zero shear and zero moments.
Supports are converted as-
Real beam Conjugate beam
Hinged or pinned Hinged or pinned
Fixed Free 3EI
K=
Free Fixed L
Intermediate rollers Hinged or pinned 439. Assertion (A): The slope deflection method is a
Intermediate pinned Roller stiffness method in which the joint
Roller Roller displacements are found by applying the
Real Beam Conjugate beam equilibrium conditions at each joint.
Reason (R): The displacement at a joint of a
member are independent of the displacements
of the member at the far end of the joint.
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct
explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct
explanation of A
438. The stiffness of a member of length (L), (c) A is true but R is false
moment of inertia of the section of the member (d) A is false but R is true
is (I) and Young's Modulus of the material of GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
the member is (E) is : ESE 2004
3EI 4EI Ans : (b) : In the stiffness method (D k < D s) where
(a) (b) joints are taken as unknown.
L L
The displacement at member ends are independent but
2EI 4EI moment or reaction is dependent on displacement
(c) (d)
L L2 components at both ends.
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I 440. The rotational stiffness coefficient indicated as
Ans. (a) : K11 for the frame with details as shown as
(A) Far end fixed :

731
 9EI 8EI Ans. (d) : Structures which are highly kinematically
(a) (b) determinate represent convenient starting point for the
L L
7EI 6EI analysis of structures by the stiffness method. In the
(c) (d) flexibility method the primary structure is the released
L L from, where unknown actions, either internal or
ESE 2017 external, have been released.
Ans. (c) : For the rotational stiffness coefficient 444. Equilibrium method is also known as :
(a) compatibility method
(b) flexibility method
(c) force method
(d) displacement method
UKPSC AE (Paper-I) 2007
Ans : (d) Equilibrium method is known as stiffness
coefficient method or equilibrium method. In this
method displacement are chosen as unknown and
equilibrium equations used for solutions.
4EI
■ K BA = 445. The Castigliano’s theorem is essentially a
L (a) Force method
3EI (b) Displacement method
■ K BC =
L (c) Strain method
K11 = KBA + KBC (d) Equilibrium method
4EI 3EI UPRVUNL AE 2016
K11 = + Ans.: (a) The castigliano's Method, named after Carlo
L L
Alberto Castigliano, is a method for determining the
7EI displacement of a linear-elastic system based on the
K11 =
L partial derivatives of the energy.
441. The size of the basic stiffness matrix for a plane 446. The moment required to rotate end of a
truss member, in member coordinate system is prismatic beam through the angle without
(a) 2×2 (b) 3×3 translation, when the end is fixed, is
(c) 4×4 (d) 6×6 (a) EI/L (b) 2 EI/L
(JPSC Combined AE Paper V 2013) (c) 3 EI/L (d) 4 EI/L
Ans : (a) The size of the basic stiffness matrix for a Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019
plane truss member in member co-ordinate system is Ans. (d) : Stiffness of beam AB when far end B is
2×2. fixed
442. Which one of the following is a force method of 4EI
RAB =
structural analysis? l
(a) Slope deflection method 4EI
(b) Kani's method Stiffness = M/θ =
(c) Moment distribution method l
(d) Strain energy method 4EI
for unit rotation, θ = 1, ie moment M =
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019 l
Ans : (d) : Force method of analysis are : 447. In the displacement method of structural
● Method of consistent deformation. analysis, the basic unknowns are
● Strain Energy method (a) displacements
● Three moment theorem : clapeyron. (b) force
● Column Analogy Method : Hardy cross. (c) displacements and force
● Elastic Centre Method. (d) None of the above
● Maxwell – Mohr equations. OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I
● Castigliano’s theorem of minimum strain energy. BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I
● Flexibility Matrix method. APPSC AEE 2012
Slope deflection method, Kani's method, Moment Ans. (a) : In the displacement method of structural
distribution method are all displacement method. analysis, the basic unknowns are displacements
443. Flexibility method of structural analysis starts 448. If one end of the prismatic beam AB with fixed
with : ends is given a transverse displacement ‘∆’
(a) Compatible deformation without any rotation, then the transverse
(b) Equilibrium condition reactions at A or B due to displacement is
(c) Force deformation relation
6EI∆ 6EI∆
(d) Equilibrium state of internal forces (a) 2
(b)
JPSC AE (Pre) 2019 l l3
732
 12EI∆ 12EI∆ 451. For the given figure, the moment at A, whose
(c) 2
(d) 3 far end is fixed, MA is
l l
APPSC AEE 2012
Ans. (d) :

3EI 4 EI
(a) .θA (b) .θA
l l
6EI∆ 2 EI 6 EI
At point A M AB = M BA = (c) .θA (d) .θA
l l
L2
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
– MAB + RB × L = MBA
RPSC VPITI 2012
2M AB UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003
RB =
L Ans. (b) : The moment required to rotate the near end
12EI∆ of prismatic beam through a unit angle, without
RB =
L3 translation, the far end is fixed
4EI
449. Which method of structural analysis is a Force L
Method of analysis?
(a) Moment distribution method
(b) Slope deflection method
(c) None of these
(d) Both of these
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I • When the far end being simply supported, then
Ans. (c) : It is also known as flexibility coefficient 3EI
method or compability method. moment =
L
Force method of analysis are :
● Method of consistent deformation.
● Three moment theorem : clapeyron.
● Column Analogy Method : Hardy cross.
● Elastic Centre Method.
● Maxwell – Mohr equations.
● Castigliano’s theorem of minimum strain energy.
● Flexibility Matrix method. 452. The distribution factor is:
450. Distribution factor BE in given figure is. (a) Ratio of stiffness of member and member
(b) Ratio of stiffness of near joint and far joint
(c) Ratio of stiffness of member and joint (sum
of member stiffness)
(d) Ratio of stiffness of joint and member
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
Ans. (c) :
Distribution factor (Df) =
Stiffness of a member
(a) 1/4 (b) 1.24
Total stiffness of all member at joint
(c) 3/14 (d) 0.4
UJVNL AE 2016 k
Df =
4EI ∑k
Ans. (a) : Stiffness of BE, AE, CE and DE =
l 453. Which of the following does not apply to
4EI EI statically determinate structures?
= = (a) Stress are caused due to temperature
4L L
variations
Stiffness of BE
Distribution factor of BE = (b) no stresses are caused due to lack of fit
Total Stiffness (c) bending moment at a section is independent
EI / L of cross-sectional area of the components
= (d) Force in a component is independent of the
EI EI EI EI
+ + + mat
L L L L
EI / L 1 (e) Conditions of the equilibrium are sufficient to
= = fully analyze the structure
4EI / L 4 CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I
733
 Ans. (b) : Due to lack of fit (shorter or longer member) Ans. (c) Let the intensity of UDL far fixed beam and
Member undergo either compressive/tensile stresses simply supported be w1 and w2 per unit length
If member is short → compressive stress respectively. But maximum bending moment for fixed
If member is longer → tensile stress beam = Maximum B.M. for simply supported.
454. Slope deflection method is used when :
(a) DK = DS (b) DK= 0, DS = 0
(c) DK < DS (d) DS < DK
APPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2020 w1l 2 w 2l 2
m1 = m2 =
Ans. (c) : DK < DS 12 8
slope deflection method is displacement m1 = m2
method. It is generally used
When DK < DS w1L2 w 2 L2
=
Example of displacement method are 12 8
– moment distribution method w1 12
– stiffness matrix method = = 1.5
w2 8
– Kani's method
455. The carryover factor in a prismatic member 458. Statically indeterminate structures can be
whose far end is fixed is solved by
1 (a) Using equations of statics alone
(a) 0 (b) (b) Equation of compatibility alone
2
(c) Ignoring all deformations and assuming the
3
(c) (d) 1 structure to be rigid
4 (d) Using the equations of statics and the
GPSC AE June 2019 necessary numbers of compatibility equations
TNPSC AE 2019 TNPSC AE 2019
RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014
Ans. (d) For indeterminate structure analysis only static
Ans. (b) The carry over factor is always (1/2) for equilibrium is not enough we need compatibility
members of constant moment of inertia (prismatic condition i.e., displacement condition or stiffness
section). condition.
If the end is hinged/pin connected the carry over factor
459. Out of the following methods used for
is zero.
structural analysis
(1) Moment distribution method
(2) Slope deflection method
(3) Euler's method
carry over moment at farther end (4) Method of joint
Carry over factor = Those include in the analysis of indeterminate
Applied moment at near end
structure are
1 (a) 1 and 2 (b) 1, 2 and 3
= when far end is fixed
2 (c) 1, 2, 3 and 4 (d) 1 and 4
= 0 when far end is hinged. TNPSC AE 2019
456. The order of the flexibility matrix for a Ans. (a) For indeterminate structure analysis only static
structure is equilibrium is not enough we need compatibility
(a) equal to the number of redundant force condition i.e., displacement condition or stiffness
(b) more than the number of redundant force condition
(c) less than the number of redundant force (1) MDM (2) SDM (3) Kani Method (4) Potential
(d) equal to the number of redundant force plus Method
three 460. For a linear elastic frame, if stiffness matrix is
TNPSC AE 2019 doubled with respect to the existing stiffness
Ans. (a) The order of the flexibility matrix for a matrix, the deflection of the resulting frame
structure is equal to the number of redundant forces. will be
Flexibility method is used for analysis of redundant (a) twice the existing value
structure with lesser degree of static indeterminacy. (b) half the existing value
457. The ratio of load carrying capacity of fixed (c) the same as existing value
(d) indeterminate value
beam to that of simply supported beam having
Gujarat PSC AE 2017
same loading of uniformly distributed load
throughout the span Ans : (b) Stiffness (k) is defined as the force per unit
(a) 0.33 (b) 1 deflection.
(c) 1.5 (d) 3 P
k=
TNPSC AE 2019 δ
734
 P Ans. (d) : Clapeyron provides a condition tool for
δ= analyzing continuous beam. The three-moment
k
equation represent in general form, the compatibility
If stiffness matrix is doubled condition that the slope of the elastic cause be
i.e. k' = 2k continuous at an interior support of the continuous
then, beam.
P
δ' = 465. In the moment distribution method, the
k' distribution factor for the end span, on the
P fixed end side is–
δ' =
2k (a) 0 (b) 1/4
 δ (c) 1/2 (d) 1
δ ' = 2  Gujarat PSC AE (N.W.R.) 2020
Ans. (a) : In the moment distribution method, the
So, If the stiffness matrix is doubled with respect to the distribution factor for the end span. On the fixed end
existing stiffness matrix, the deflection of the resulting side is zero.
frame will be half the existing value. Distribution factor to a cantilever is zero as its stiffness
461. The flexibility coefficient for a propped is zero.
cantilever beam (EI=constant throughout the
466. Maximum number of unknown forces that can
length) loaded with a uniformly distributed
be determined in concurrent force system
load w/m is given by
3 3 under equilibrium is
(a) L /3EI (b) L /3EI
3 3 (a) zero (b) 2
(c) L /2EI (d) L /4EI
3 (c) 3 (d) 6
(e) L /6EI
Maharashtra PSC AE (Mains) 2012 Paper–I
CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I
Ans : (b) The body is said to be in equilibrium if the
Ans. (a)
resultant of all forces acting on it is zero.
Concurrent planer forces as we have two equilibrium
equations, two unknown can be determined.
467. Which of the following methods is NOT a force
1× L3 L3 method?
f= = (a) Slope deflection method
3EI 3EI
(b) column analogy method
462. Bending moment at any section in a conjugate (c) Virtual work method
beam gives in the actual beam (d) Three moment theorem
(a) slope (b) curvature
LMRC AM 2019
(c) deflection (d) bending moment
CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I Ans. (a) In slope deflection method, displacement are
unknown quantities, so it is displacement method not
Ans. (c) • Bending moment at any section of the
force method.
conjugate beam is equal to the deflection of the elastic
curve at corresponding section of the actual beam. 468. For a simply supported beam of span 'L' with
• Shear force at any section of the conjugate beam is point load 'P' at the centre, the elastic stiffness
equal to the slope of elastic curve at corresponding will be given by____.
section of the actual beam. (a) 384EI/5L4 (b) 48EI/L3
3
(c) 48EI/5L (d) 48EI/L4
463. In column analogy method, the area of an LMRC AM 2019
analogous column for a fixed beam of span
length L and flexural rigidity EI is Ans. (b) Stiffness is defined as the force required to
(a) 0.25L/EI (b) 0.5 L/EI produce a unit displacement.
(c) 0.75 L/EI (d) 1.25 L/EI
(e) L/EI
CGPSC AE 2014 Shift–I
MPPSC AE 2014
Ans. (e) : Direct result : In column analogy method, As we know,
the area of an analogous column for a fixed beam of WL3
L yc = From standard formula
span length (L) & flexural rigidity (EI) is . 48EI
EI W 48EI
464. The Clapeyron's method formulates: (Elastic Stiffness) = 3
(a) loading conditions y c L
(b) equilibrium conditions 469. Kani’s method can be considered as an
(c) moment conditions extension of the :
(d) compatibility conditions (a) Moment-area method
APPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2020 (b) Slope deflection method
735
 (c) Moment distribution method Ans. (a) : The conjugate beam method falls in the
(d) Column-analogy method category of force method.
KPSC AE 2020 475. The stiffness method in structural analysis is
Ans. (b) : Kani's method can be considered as an also known as :
extension of the slope deflection method. (a) Unit load method
470. At fully plastic section, infinite rotation can (b) Consistent deformation method
occur at : (c) Force method
(a) Zero moment (d) Displacement method
(b) Constant elastic moment Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
(c) Constant plastic moment Ans. (d) : The stiffness method (also known as the
(d) All of the above displacement method) is the primary method used in
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I matrix analysis of structure.
Ans. (c) : At the plastic hinge an infinite large rotation 476 . The units of flexural stiffness are :
can occur under a constant moment equal to the plastic (a) Radians per unit rotation
moment of the section. (b) Moment per unit rotation
471. Which of the following conditions is to be (c) Force per unit deflection and rotation
satisfied both in elastic and plastic analysis ? (d) Extension per unit force
(a) Yield condition Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
(b) Equilibrium condition Ans. (c) : Stiffness – The stiffness is defined as the
(c) Plastic moment condition force required to produce a unit displacement.
(d) Mechanism condition P M
Gujarat PSC AE (N.W.R.) 2020 K= OR K =
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I δ θ
CIL MT 2017 P = force, M= moment, δ = displacement,
Ans. (b) : θ = rotation, K = stiffness
⇒ Conditions to be satisfied both in elastic analysis of 477. The method of moment distribution in
Indeterminate structures. structural analysis is :
(I) yield condition (a) An iterative method
(II) equilibrium condition (b) An exact method
⇒ Conditions to be satisfied in plastic analysis of (c) An appropriate method
indeterminate structure (d) None of these
(I) Mechanism condition Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
(II) Equilibrium condition Punjab PSC SDE 2016
Ans. (a) : The moment distribution method in
472. The structures made of rigid curved surfaces
mathematical terms can be demonstrated as the process
are known as :
of solving a set of simultaneous equations by means of
(a) Surface structure (b) Frame structure iteration.
(c) Shell structure (d) Space structure
478. In conjugate beam, the loading is equal to
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I (a) Shear force diagram of actual beam
Ans. (c) : The shell structures are rigid curved surface (b) Bending moment diagram of actual beam
structures. The shell structures are built of sheets or (c) Loading of actual beam
plates. (d) M/EI diagram of actual beam
473. Which of the following methods of structural RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014
analysis is a force method ? Ans : (d) The length of a conjugate beam is always
(a) Slope deflection method equal to the length of the actual beam. The load on the
(b) Column analogy method M
conjugate beam is diagram of actual beam.
(c) Moment Distribution method EI
(d) None of these 479. Shear force at any section of a conjugate beam
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I shows the following in the actual beam as :
Ans. (b) : Column analogy method of structural (a) deflection (b) Slope
analysis falls in the category of force method. (c) Bending moment (d) Shear force
474. The conjugate beam method falls in the [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
category of : Ans : (b) According to conjugate beam method the
(a) Force method shear force at any section in conjugate beam will give
(b) Stiffness method slope at that section in real beam.
(c) Displacement - method 480. The deflection at any section of a beam, shows
(d) None of the above the following in the same section of a conjugate
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I beam as
Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019 (a) Shear force (b) Load
736
 (c) Bending moment (d) Deflection A B C D
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008] (a) 2 2 1 1
Ans : (c) According to conjugate beam method the (b) 1 2 2 1
bending moment at any section in conjugate beam will (c) 2 1 1 2
give deflection at that point in real beam. (d) 1 1 2 2
481. When an end of continuous beam is fixed, in RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014
Kani's method, the rotation contribution will Ans : (a)
be Methods of Analysis for rigid frames
(a) Zero (b) EI/L Approximat
(c) 2EI/L (d) 3 EI/L Exact Method
e Method
RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2011
Force Displacement Example -
Ans : (a) Kani's Method to continuous beam with fixed
method/Flexibility method/ 1) Cantilever
end noting that the rotation contribution at the end is
Method/ Method stiffness method
zero, since the end being fixed, its rotation is zero.
of consistent method/ 2) Factor
482. The fixed end moment of uniform beam of
deformation/ equilibrium Method
span L and fixed at the ends subjected to
central point load P is compatibility method 3) Portal
(a) PL/2 (b) PL/8 method Example - Method
(c) PL/12 (d) PL/16 Example - 1) Moment
RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014 1) Strain Energy Distribution
Ans : (b) Method method
2) Minimum 2) Hardy Cross
Potential Method
Energy method 3) Method of
3) Unit Load successive
Method approximati
4) Castigliano's on
Theorem 4) slope and
5) Three Moment deflection
Theorem method
6) Virtual work 5) Kani's
Fixed end beam– method method
Af + As = 0 7) Column 6) Stiffness
L 1 PL L Analogy matrix
M× + × × =0
2 2 4 2 method method
− PL 8) Flexibility
M= method
8
485. In a linear elastic structural element
483. The number of simultaneous equations to be (a) Stiffness is directly proportional to flexibility
solved in the slope deflection method is equal to (b) Stiffness is inversely proportional to
(a) The degree of static indeterminacy flexibility
(b) The degree of kinematic indeterminacy (c) Stiffness is equal to flexibility
(c) The number of joints in the structure (d) Stiffness and flexibility are not related
(d) The number of member in the structure
RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014
RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014
JPSC Combined AE Paper V 2013 Ans : (b) A linear elastic structural element, stiffness
Ans : (b) In slope deflection method, the unknown are is inversely proportional to flexibility.
slope & deflections {i.e. independent displacement} 1
so, if kinematic indeterminacy or degree of freedom, Stiffness ∝
Flexibility
is less then use slope deflection method.
484. Match List–I with List–II and select correct 486. The ratio of the stiffness of a beam at the near
answer using the codes given in the list. end when the far end is hinged to the stiffness
List-I List-II of the beam at the near end when the far end is
A. Slope deflection 1. Force method fixed is
method (a) 1/2 (b) 3/4
B. Moment distribution 2. Displacement (c) 1 (d) 4/3
method method RPSC POLY. TECH. LECT. 2014
C. Method of three moments Ans : (b) The stiffness of a beam at the near end when
D. Castigliano's second theorem the far and is hinged.
737
 3EI Ans : (a)
K1 =
L
The stiffness of the beam at the near end when far end
is fixed.
4EI
K2 =
L From F.B.D.
According to Question
3EI
K1 3
= L = MA = 80 – 20×2
K2 4EI 4
L MA = 40 KNm
K1 3 490. The effect of sinking of supports by 'δ' is to
= create a bending moment equal to:
K2 4
2EIδ 6EIδ
487. For a fixed beam loaded as shown below, if the (a) 2
(b)
support, B rotates + θB radian anticlockwise, ℓ ℓ2
the fixed end moment at 'B' is: 3EIδ EIδ
(c) 2
(d)
ℓ ℓ2
UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008, 2003
Wℓ 2 2EIθB Wℓ 2 4EIθB Ans : (b) If both the supports are fixed and support B
(a) − + (b) − +
12 ℓ 12 ℓ settles down (sinks) by δ then
Wℓ 2 2EIθB Wℓ 2 4EIθB
(c) + + (d) + −
12 ℓ 12 ℓ
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
Ans : (d)

+6EIδ
wl 2 wl 2 M AB =
MFAB = − , MFBA = + L2
12 12 −6EIδ
Effect of rotation (θB)- M BA =
L2
if settlement of supports causes rotation of member in
clockwise direction the fixed end moment developed
will be in anticlockwise direction vice-versa.
4EIθB 491. The stiffness matrix for the beam shown in the
Fixed end moment, MBA = MB = MFBA − following figure is
l
wl 2 4EIθB
MB = −
12 l
488. Column Analogy method may be used to
analyse:
(a) Fixed beam (b) Portal frame EI  4 1  EI  4 1 
(a) (b)
(c) Box frame (d) All of the above 4 1 4  4 1 2 
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
Ans : (d) Column analogy method is used to analyse EI  4 1  EI  4 1 
(c) (d)
fixed beam, portal frame, box frame etc. 2 1 2  2 1 4 
489. The fixed end moment at A for the structure [MPPSC AE 2016]
shown below is: Ans : (b)

(a) 40kN-m (b) 80kN-m k k 

(c) 100kN-m (d) 120kN-m k =  11 12 
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]  k 21 k 22 
738
 Ans : (a) Given that,
A = 100 mm2
E = 2×105 N/mm2
L = 4.24 m.
1st Column P = 10 kN
4EI Σfx = 0
k 22 =
8 P2 sin θ = P1 sin θ
2EI P1 = P2
k12 =
8 ∑ Fv ( P1 + P2 ) Cosθ = P
P
P1 =
2 Cos θ
2nd Column
2EI Total strain energy U = U OA + U OB
k 21 =
8 P12 L P2 2 L
4EI 4EI = +
k11 = + = EI 2AE 2AE
8 8 P 2L
= 1
EI  4 1  AE
or K =  
4 1 2  dU 2P L  dP 
∆o = = 1  1
492. Which one of the following method does not dP AE  dP 
fall under the category of force method? 2× P L 1
= × ×
(a) Method of consistent deformation 2Cosθ AE 2 cos θ
(b) Column analogy method
(c) Equilibrium method
∆o =
( )
2 × 10 × 103 × (1000 × 4.24 )
(d) Three moment equation 2
 3 
[UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I] 2 2×   ×100 × 2 × 10
5

Ans : (c) Method used as force Method  4.24 

1- Method of consistent deformation 3
(Where Cosθ = )
2- Column Analogy Method 4.24
3- Three Moment Method
∆ o = 2.12 mm
4- Virtual work/unit load Method
5- Elastic centre method 494. The three-moment equation is applicable only,
6- Castigliano's theorem of minimum when-
7- Maxwell-Mohr equation (a) the beam is prismatic
Method of displacement (b) there is no settlement of supports
1- Stiffness Method (c) there is no discontinuity such as hinges
2- Equilibrium Method within the span
3- Slope deflection method (d) the span are equal
4- Moment distribution method APPSC AEE 2012
5- Minimum potential energy method BPSC AE 2012 Paper–V
Ans : (c) The three – moment equation is applicable
493. Using strain energy, the vertical deflection at O
only when no discontinuity equation such as hinges
is (take modulus of elasticity, E = 2×105 N/mm2
, cross–sectional area of wire, A = 100 mm2). within the span.
495. Choose the correct statements from the
following :
(1) A stable and statically determinate real beam
will have a stable and statically determinate
conjugate beam
(2) A statically indeterminate real beam will
have unstable conjugate beam
(3) A statically indeterminate conjugate will
unstable real beam
The correct answer is-
(a) 2.12 mm (b) 21.2 mm (a) 1 and 3 (b) 2 and 3
(c) 1.50 mm (d) 15.0 mm (c) 1 and 2 (d) 1, 2 and 3
[MPPSC AE 2016] (BPSC AE 2012 Paper–V)
739
Ans : (c) P −Pab 2
1. A stable and statically determinate real beam will M AB =
L2
have a stable and statically determinate conjugate 2.
+ Pa 2 b
beam. M BA =
2. A statically indeterminate real beam will have L2
unstable conjugate beam. − wL2
M AB =
496. A fixed beam is an example of: 12
3.
(a) 3 dimensional structure + wL2
(b) 2 dimensional structure M BA =
12
(c) 1 dimensional structure
− wL2
(d) Determinate structure M AB =
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (II)] 30
4.
Ans : (b) + wL2
M BA =
20
−5 2
M AB = wL
96
Since all component of reaction are in 2-D plane and 5.
+5 2
beam is indeterminate to 3rd degree. M BA = wL
96
Hence it is 2-D indeterminate structure.
+ Mo
497. A continuous beam ABCDE is 12 m long, and M AB =
contains 4 spans of 3m each. The beam is 4
6.
+ Mo
loaded with uniformly distributed load of 4,000 M BA =
kgf/m, throughout its length. The bending 4
moment at A and E will be equal to: M o b ( 3a − L )
(a) zero (b) 6,000kgf-n M AB =
7. L2
(c) 12,000kg-f-m (d) 3,000kg f-m M o a ( 3b − L )
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008] M BA =
L2
Ans : (a)
499. Rotation contribution at the fixed end of a
member is:
(a) 0.70 (b) 0.50
(c) zero (d) 1.00
Since support A and E are hinged support, [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
hence MA = 0 Ans : (c) If an end of a member is fixed, the rotation at
ME = 0 the end being zero, the rotation contribution at the end
498. The fixed end moment at the end of A of the is also zero.
beam shown in figure is 500. The stiffness of propped cantilever is equal to:
2EI 3EI
(a) (b)
L L
4EI EI
(c) (d)
L L
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
Ans : (c) The stiffness at a joint for a member is equal
w o L2 w o L2 to moment required to produce unit rotation at that
(a) (b) joint.
30 12
w o L2 w o L2
(c) (d)
24 10
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
Ans : (a) ML
θB = ,
Sr. 4EI
Loading fixed and moments
No. 4EI
M= θB
−PL L
M AB =
8 If θ= 1 then M= K (stiffness)
1.
+ PL K=
4EI
M BA =
8 L
740
501. In a beam AB (end A is fixed), the reacting (d) a beam fixed at both ends
moment M/2 at the end A due to application of [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (II)]
moment M at B is known as [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011]
(a) fixed end moment [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)]
(b) stiffness moment Ans : (c) The end conditions of conjugate beam will be
(c) carry over moment such that slope and deflection in real beam corresponds
(d) distribution moment to shear force and bending moment in conjugate beam
UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008
Ans : (c)

carry over moment at farther end A

carry over factor =
Applied moment at near end B
M 1
COF = A =
M 2 505. Clapeyron's theorem is also known as the
502. The ratio of stiffness of any member to that of theorem of
total stiffness of all members meeting at a joint (a) 3-moments (b) 2-moments
is called: (c) single-moment (d) no-moment
(a) stiffness factor (b) distribution factor [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
(c) flexibility factor (d) rotation factor Ans : (a) Clapeyron provides a condition tool for
analyzing continuous beam. The three-moment
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008]
equation represent in general form, the compatibility
Ans : (b) Distribution factor of any member at any
condition that the slope of the elastic cause be
joint,
continuous at an interior support of the continuous
stiffness of member beam.
Df =
total stiffness of all member meeting at joint 506. The value of axial strain energy of the member
503. The width of the analogous column in the shown in figure is
method of column analogy is
2 1
(a) (b)
EI EI
A = area of cross-section.
1 1 E = modulus of elasticity
(c) (d)
2EI 4EI W 2L W 2L
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2008] (a) (b)
5AE 3AE
Ans : (b) In the method of column analogy, the 2
1 W L W 2L
thickness of analogous column is taken as (c) (d)
EI 2AE AE
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011]
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (II)]
(UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003)
Ans : (c) Strain energy stored,
1
U = Work done = × P × ∆
2
1
U = ×P×∆
2
We know that
PL
∆=
AE
1 PL P2L
U = ×P× =
2 AE 2AE
Where, P = Load, A = Area of cross-section
504. The conjugate beam for a fixed beam is : E = Modulus of elasticity.
(a) a beam hinged at both ends
(b) a beam simply supported at both ends
(c) a beam free at both ends
741
507. The propped reaction of the propped cantilever 509. For the beam shown below the ratio of P/Q.
beam with UDL 'w' kN/m on entire span 'l' is When deflection at C=0 is:
8 3
(a) wl (b) wl
3 8
5 8
(c) wl (d) wl (a) 3/8 Q (b) 5/8
8 5 (c) 3/16 (d) 5/16
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011 Ist Paper]
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011]
Ans : (b) (UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003)
Ans : (d)

By compatibility,
Net deflection at B = 0
wL4 Downward deflection at C due to point load P at C
(downward deflection due to UDL)
8EI
RL3
– (upward deflection due to R)
3EI
P ( L AC ) P ( 2ℓ )
3 3
wL4 RL3 δC = =
− =0
8EI 3EI 3EI 3EI
8Pℓ3
wL R
8
=
3
= ( )
3EI
↓

3wL Upward deflection at C due to point load Q at B

R=
8
508. Which one of the following is force method? δC = δ B + θB × ℓ Q
(a) Slope deflection method
(b) Strain energy method Qℓ3 Qℓ 2
(c) Moment-distribution method δC = + ×ℓ
3EI 2EI
(d) Stiffness method
5Qℓ3
Ans : (b)
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011, 2007 Ist Paper] δC = ( )
6EI
↑
Force Method Displacement Method When deflection at C = 0
(i) Redundant forces are (i) Displacement are 8Pℓ 3 5Qℓ3
considered as un- considered as =
known unknown 3EI 6EI
16P = 5Q
(ii) As Redundant forces (ii) Dk or degrees of
are unknown, static freedom is the P 5
indeterminacy is a key governing parameter =
Q 16
parameter in selection in selection of this
of this method methods. 510. In a fixed beam shown below, the fixed end
(iii) As compatibility (iii) As equilibrium moment at support 'B' is:
equations are required equations are required
to solve force- to find displacement
displacement components, hence it
relationship, hence is also called 2EIθB 2EIθB
this method is also equilibrium method. (a) − (b) +
ℓ ℓ
called compatibility 4EIθB 4EIθB
method (c) − (d) +
(iv) Examples of force (iv) Examples of ℓ ℓ
method are: displacement method [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011 Ist Paper]
are Ans : (d)
• Clapeyron's three • Moment distribution
moment method method
• Catigliano's theorem/ • Slope deflection
strain energy method method ML
• Flexibility matrix • Kani's method θB =
method 4EI
• Column analogy • Stiffness matrix 4EI
M=+ θB (↓)
method method L
742
511. The reaction at C of the beam shown is: Ans : (a) We know that, stress developed due to
gradually applied load is given by,
P
σg =
A
and stress developed due to impact loading is given by,
(a) 5.5kN (b) 6.5kN 2P
(c) 7.5kN (d) 8.5kN σs =
A
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2011]
σg P/A
Ans : (c) = = 0.5
σs 2P / A
514. In continuous beams, the moment over the
supports are:
(a) sagging (b) hogging
Let R be the reaction at C (c) zero (d) none of the above
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)]
Ans : (d) For the general loading on the continuous
beams, sagging moment occurs in the middle regions of
the spans and hogging moment occurs over the
intermediate supports.
515. A level cantilever beam of uniform section
by compatibility, deflection of hinge will be same for propped at free end on unyielding support
portion AC and BC carries a point load W at mid span. The
( )AB ( )CB
∆C = ∆ C reaction at prop is:
(a) 3W/8 (b) 5W/8
w ( L AC ) R ( L AC ) R ( LCB )
4 3 3
(c) 3W/16 (d) 5W/16
8EI
( ) ↓ −
3EI
( ) ↑ = ( )
3EI
↓ [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)]
Ans : (d)
10 × 44 R × 43 R × 43
− =
8EI 3EI 3EI
10 × 44 2R × 43
=
8EI 3EI
10 × 4 × 3
R= = 7.5KN
8× 2
512. The size of stiffness matrix for a beam is:
(a) 3×3 (b) 4×4
(c) 6×6 (d) 9×9 By compatibility net deflection at point B = 0
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (II)] Downward deflection due to W - upward deflection due
Ans : (a) For a 2-D beam maximum degree of static to R
indeterminacy is three.   L 3 2

L
 W  W  
  2  +  2  × L  − R (L) = 0
3

 3EI 2EI 2 3EI

DS = re–3  
DS = 6–3 = 3  
3 3
Therefore to analyze beam there can be three 5WL RL
maximum possible coordinates. If there are N − =0
48EI 3EI
coordinates the stiffeners or flexibility will be N × N RL3 5WL3
size. =
3EI 48EI
Hence size of matrix for beam is [3×3].
513. If an any structural element a load is applied R= W ↑
5
16
( )
gradually and then the same load is applied
suddenly as impact, the stresses developed have 516. Bending moment at the fixed ends of the beam
built in ends and centrally loaded as shown in
a ratio of stresses of gradually applied load to
following figure is
sudden applied load is:
(a) 0.5 (b) 1.0
(c) 1.5 (d) 2.25
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)]
743
 PL 3PL 518. At a hinge the bending moment is
(a) (b) (a) always sagging (b) always hogging
8 48
5PL 7PL (c) always zero (d) always maximum
(c) (d) [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
48 48
Ans : (c) At a hinge the bending moment is always
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
zero.
Ans : (c)
519. If a continuous beam shown in fig. below is
subjected to uniformly distributed load of w/m
run, the value of central support reaction
becomes zero if central support sinks by

5wL2 5wL4
(a) (b)
24EI 384EI
10wL4 wL4
(c) (d)
384EI 4.8EI
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
Ans : (d)
Total load an analogous column = volume of the load
diagram
2
1 PL 1  1 L PL 1  5PL
= × L× × + 2 × × ×  =
2 4 2EI  2 4 8 2EI  64EI
Area of the analogous column
1 L L L 3 L
= × + 2× × = × 5 WL4AB
2EI 2 EI 4 4 EI ∆=
384 EI
load 5
Uniform stress on the column section = = PL 5 W × ( 2L )
4
5 ×16WL4
area 48 ∆= × =
5 384 EI 384EI
stress at A= stress at B = PL WL 4
48 ∆=
fixed end moment at A = fixed end moment at B 4.8EI
5 0hence the value of central support reaction becomes
= Ms − M i = 0 − PL WL4
48 zero if central support sink by
5 4.8EI
M= PL 520. The force method of structural analysis starts
48
with
517. An 8m beam fixed both ends carries a central
(a) equilibrium field
point load of 10kN. The value of fixed end (b) compatible deformation
moment at the right end will be. (c) equilibrium and compatibility conditions
(a) 12kN-m (b) 10kN-m (d) force deformation relation only
(c) 8kN-m (d) 6kN-m [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
[UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2007 (I)] Ans : (c) In force method unknowns are taken as forces
Ans : (b) or reactions. To find unknowns, equilibrium conditions
∑ fx = 0, ∑ fy = 0, ∑ Mz = 0 and compatibility
conditions are written.
521. The theorem of three moment equation for a
continuous beam expresses the condition of
PL (a) equilibrium at an intermediate support
M BA = + (b) slope compatibility at an intermediate support
8 (c) zero support settlement
10×8 (d) None of the above
M BA =+ = 10kN - m
8 [UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2004 (I)]
744
Ans : (b) Ans : (c) Absolute maximum bending moment occurs
when position of load train is such that centre of span is
mid way between C.G. of load system and load under
consideration.
524. What is the reaction on the hinge C for a beam
as shown in the figure

3 1
(a) wL (b) wL
8 2
1 3
At intermediate support θCA = θCB = 0 (c) wL (d) wL
4 16
Thus the three moment theorem for continuous beam (UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003)
expressed condition of slope compatibility at an Ans : (d) Let R be the reaction at hinge C
intermediate support.
522. For the propped cantilever shown in figure, the
vertical reaction at the fixed end is

By compatibility
(a)
4P
(b) P ( ∆ C )AC = ( ∆C )CB
3
WL4 RL3 RL3
3P P − =
(c) (d) 8EI 3EI 3EI
4 2
(UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003) 2RL3 WL4
=
ESE 2008 3EI 8EI
Ans : (b) 3
R = WL
16
525. A simply supported beam of span L and
flexural rigidity EI, carries a unit point load at
its centre. The strain energy in the beam due to
bending is
L3 L3
(a) (b)
48EI 192EI
Mc = 0 L3 L3
(c) (d)
L 96EI 16EI
∴ − RB × = 0
2 (UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003)
∴ RB = 0 M 2x dx
Ans : (c) Strain energy due to bending = ∫
Also ∑ Fy = 0 2EI
RA + RB = P
RA + 0 = P
RA = P
Mx = 0.5x
523. The maximum bending moment when a train 2
of point loads crossing a simply supported 1 
2  x  dx
= 2∫  
beam occurs when the load is L / 2 M dx L/2 2
U = 2U AC = 2∫ x
(a) At one third span 0 2EI 0 2EI
(b) At mid span 1

(c) The point load under consideration and the 2 1 L/ 2 1  x3  2

U = × ∫ x 2 dx =  
C.G. of train of point loads equidistant from EI 4 0 4EI  3  0
the mid span
L3
(d) At one quarter span U=
(UPPSC State Eng. A.E. 2003) 96EI
745
Alternative Approach Ans : (b)
We know, Strain energy,
U = work done
1
U = ×P×∆
2
1 PL3
U = ×P×
2 48EI
2 3
PL
U=
96EI 4EI
Stiffness of OA = OD = OB =
Here P=1 KN L
L3 Moment at point force 'O' = PL
U= 4EI 4EI 4EI 12EI
96EI Sum of stiffness = + + =
526. The number of plastic hinges required to cause L L L L
collapse of a simply supported beam is θ = 1 rad.
(a) 0 (b) 1 12EI
PL = ×1
(c) 2 (d) 3 L
(BPSC AE Paper V 2001) 2EI
Fixed end moment developed at point 'A' (MA) =
Ans : (b) The number of plastic hinges required to L
cause collapse of a simply supported beam is 1. 2EI  6   12EI  1
= ×  =  ×
527. Sum of distribution factors at a joint is- L 6  L  6
(a) -0.50 (b) +1.0 1 PL
(c) +0.50 (d) -1.0 PL × =
6 6
ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2015
(BPSC AE Paper V 2001) PL
MA =
Ans : (b) The value of sum of distribution factor = +1.0 6
528. Stiffness approach of solution of indeterminate 530. A rigid frame ABCD has AB member as
structures intends to solve for: overhang, with end 'A' being free. Supports C
(a) unknown force and D are fixed. DB is vertical member and BC
is horizontal member. DB = BC = 5 m. If the
(b) unknown action
moment equations are given by-
(c) unknown displacement M DB = 0.4 θB M BD = 0.8 EI θ B
(d) none of the above
(BPSC AE Paper V 2006) M BA = 54 M BC = -135 + 1.6 EI θB
Ans : (a) Stiffness approach of solution of M CB = 135 + 1.6 EI θ B then
indeterminate structure intends to solve for unknown θB rotation at B is given by-
forces. −112.5 33.75
(a) (b)
529. The given figure shows frame with a single EI EI
concentrated load P the fixed end moment (c) Zero (d) None of the above
developed at joint A will be Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I
Ans. (b) :

Applying moment equilibrium at joint B

PL PL MBA + MBC + MBD = 0
(a) (b)
8 6 54 + (-135 + 1.6EI θB) + 0.8 EI θB = 0
PL PL 135 − 54
(c) (d) EI θ B =
4 3 2.4
33.75
(JPSC Combined AE Paper V 2013) θB =
ESE 1995 EI
746
531. Three prismatic members AB, BC and BD (a) δij = δji (b) δij > δji
meet at a joint for a rigid frame to be analyzed (c) δij < δji (d) δij ≠ δji
using moment distribution method. The OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I
distribution factors for members AB and BC Ans. (a) : According to Maxwell's reciprocal theorem
are 0.5 and 0.3 respectively. The distribution
factor for member BD shall be- δij = δ ji
(a) 0.2 (b) 1.67 535. To generate the jth column of flexibility matrix-
(c) 0.6 (d) 0.15 (a) A unit force is applied at coordinate j and the
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2015 Paper–I displacement are calculated at all coordinates
Ans. (a) : We know that sum of distribution factors for (b) A unit force is applied at coordinate j and the
various members at a joint is always 1. Hence forces are calculated at all coordinates
DFBA + DFBC + DFBD = 1 (c) A unit displacement is applied at coordinate j
0.5 + 0.3 + DFBD = 1 and the forces are calculated at all coordinates
DFBD = 0.2 (d) A unit displacement is applied at coordinate j
532. A structure is said to be statically and the forces are calculated at all coordinates
indeterminate when- OPSC AEE 2019, 2015 PAPER–I
(a) the number of unknown reaction components ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2015
exceeds the number of equilibrium conditions
Ans. (a) : To generate flexibility matrix,
(b) the number of equilibrium conditions exceeds
the number of unknown reaction components  f11 f12 f13 
 
(c) the number of equilibrium conditions equal to f =  f 21 f 22 f 23 
the number of unknown reaction components  f31 f32 f33 
(d) None of the above
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2017 Paper–I ∆ Deflection
Flexibility = =
Ans. (a) : In statics and structural mechanics, a F Force
structure is statically indeterminate when the static To generate the jth column of the flexibility matrix, we
equilibrium equations are insufficient for determining apply a unit force at co-ordinate ‘j’ only and compute
the internal forces and reaction on that structure. displacement at all the co-ordinates.
533. Castigliano's first theorem is applicable- 536. Which of the following methods of structural
(a) For statically determinate structure only
analysis is a force method?
(b) When the system behaves elastically
(a) Column analogy method
(c) Only when principle of superposition is valid
(b) Slope deflection method
(d) None of these
OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I (c) Moment distribution method
UJVNL AE 2012 (d) None of these
Ans. (c) : Castigliano's first theorem is applicable only BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I
when principle of superposition is valid. OPSC AEE 2015 PAPER–I
Castigliano's first theorem : The first partial Ans. (a) : Force method of structural analysis are as
derivative of the total internal energy (strain energy) in follows :
a structure with respect to any particular deflection • Column analogy method
component at a point is equal to the force applied at • Theorem of least work
that point and in the direction corresponding to that • Method of consistent deformation
deflection component. 537. The Castigliano's 2nd theorem can be used to
This first theorem is applicable to linearly or non- compute deflections
linearly elastic structures in which the temperature is (a) in statically determinate structures only
constant and the supports are unyielding. (b) for any type of structure only
Castigliano's second theorem : The first partial
(c) at the point under the load only
derivative of the total internal energy (strain energy) in
(d) for beam and frames only
a structure with respect to the force applied at any
point is equal to the deflection at the point of Haryana PSC AE 2018 Paper–I
application of that force in the direction of its line of BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I
action. GPSC AE June 2019
The second theorem of Castigliano's is applicable to Ans. (b) : The first partial derivative of the total
linearly elastic (Hookean material) structures with internal energy in a structure with respect to the force
constant temperature and unyielding supports. applied at any point is equal to the deflection at the
534. If the displacement at coordinate i due to unit point of application of that force in the direction of its
force at coordinate j is δij and displacement at line of action.
nd
coordinate j due to unit force at coordinate i is The above statement is Castigliano's 2 theorem and is
δji then according to Maxwell's Reciprocal applicable for any type of structure to be linearly
Theorem- elastic.
747
538. Which of the following methods of structural These conditions are:
analysis is a displacement method? (a) necessary and not sufficient for equilibrium
(a) Three-moment equation (b) sufficient for equilibrium
(b) Column analogy method (c) necessary and sufficient for equilibrium
(c) Moment distribution method (d) none of the above
(d) None of the above [HPPSC AE 2016]
BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I Ans. (a) : For equilibrium of a deformable body, we
Ans. (c) : In displacement method, the displacement is need a minimum three equilibrium equation i.e. ΣFx =
assumed to be unknown. 0, ΣFy = 0 and ΣM = 0
This method is preferable when structure has less As only two are given the equations are necessary but
kinematic indeterminacy. not sufficient.
Moment Distribution method, slope deflection method, 543. Two different sets of forcing systems are said to
Kani's method, stiffness matrix method are the statically equivalent if,
example of displacement method. (i) They produce same shear force and bending
539. The width of the analogous column in the moment in a particular section.
method of column analogy is (ii) The require same set of external forces to
2 1 reduce each system to equilibrium.
(a) (b) (iii) They generate identical reactions with respect
EI EI
to direction and magnitude.
1 1
(c) (d) (iv) They produce same deflection in any given
2 EI 4 EI section of the beam
BPSC AE 2019 Paper (V) Section-I Which of the above are true?
APPSC AEE 2016 (a) (i) and (ii) (b) (ii) and (iii)
Ans. (b) : Analogous column is a short column with (c) (i) and (iv) (d) (iii) and (iv)
1 [HPPSC AE 2016]
cross-section width L and breath , where L is the
EI Ans. (a) : Two different sets of forcing system are said
length of beam and E is young's modulus of beam to be statically equivalent if they produce same
material and I is second moment of inertia of beam resultant force and same resultant moment.
cross-section. 544. For the structure shown in the figure, the fixed
540. A statistically indeterminate structure is the end moment at support 'A' is :
one which
(a) cannot be analysed using equations of statics
alone
(b) cannot be analysed at all
(c) is not stable for general loading
(d) can be analysed with the equations of statics
alone
APPSC AE 2016 (Mains)
(a) 14.14 kN-m (b) 10 kN-m
Ans. (a) : A statically indeterminate structure can not
(c) zero (d) 3 kN-m
be analysed by using equation of statics alone, we use
Karnataka PSC AE 2017 Paper - II
compatibility equation also to find all the unknowns.
When the static equilibrium (force and the moment) Ans. (a) :
are insufficient for determining the internal forces and
reaction on that structure.
541. Statically indeterminate structures are also
called as
(a) unstable structures
(b) serviceable structures
(c) redundant structures
(d) determinate structures
TNPSC AE 2018
Ans. (c) : A redundant or indeterminate structure Transferring these forces to point A and making FBD
more members are present than necessary.
542. A deformable body is under the action of
external forces (Fi). The external forces satisfy
the following conditions with respect to an
inertial frame:
Hence M A =10 cos 45o × 1 + 10sin 45o × 1
(i) ΣFi = 0
(ii) Σri × Fi = 0 = 7.07 kNm + 7.07 kNm = 14.142 kNm
748
545. The conditions required to be satisfied for the (a) 2Mp/L (b) 4Mp/L
analysis of indeterminate structure are - (c) 8Mp/L (d) 16Mp/L
(a) Equilibrium GPSC AE Class (1&2) Paper - 2 2017
(b) Compatibility Ans. (c) :
(c) Force-displacement relationship
(d) All of these
RPSC AE 2018
Ans. (d) To solve an indeterminate structure it is
necessary to satisfy equilibrium, compatibility and
force-displacement requirement of structure.
The additional equation required to solve
indeterminate structure are obtained by the conditions
of compatibility and/or force displacement relations.
546. In slope deflection method, the joints are
considered rigid when -
(a) no change in value of the angles between
members
(b) 900 angle between the members in frame
(c) 1800 angle between the member in beams
(d) All of these
RPSC AE 2018
Ans. (a) The slope-deflection method the rotations of
the joints are treated as unknown. For any one member
bounded by two joints the end moment can be
expressed in terms of rotations.
In this method all joints are considered rigid, i.e. the 550. For a linear elastic structural analysis system,
angle between members at the joints are considered not minimization of potential energy yields
to change in value as loads are applied. (a) compatibility conditions
(b) constitutive relations
547. The shape factor of an isosceles triangle should
(c) equilibrium equations
be -
(d) strain-displacement relations
(a) 1.5 (b) 1.7
GPSC AE (CLASS 1 & 2) 2019
(c) 2.34 (d) 2
RPSC AE 2018 Ans : (a) : For a linearly elastic structure, the
Ans. (c) : minimization of potential energy yields compatibility
condition
Shape) Shape factor
Triangle 2 . 346 ≈ 2 . 34 551. Statement (I): If degree of fixity at supports is
Diamond Section 2 lessened, the maximum hogging moment at the
I-Section 1 . 12 to 1 . 2 ends will decrease.
T-Section 1 . 90 to 1 . 95 Statement (II): If degree of fixity at supports is
lessened, the maximum sagging moment at
Square 1.5
mid-span decreases.
Circular 1.7
(a) Both Statements-I and Statement-II are
548. The three moment equation in structural
individually true and Statement-II is the
analysis is basically a:
correct explanation of Statement-I.
(a) Stiffness method (b) Displacement method
(b) Both Statements-I and Statement-II are
(c) Energy method (d) Flexibility method
individually true but Statement-II is NOT
GPSC AE Class (1&2) Paper - 2 2017
the correct explanation of Statement-I
PTCUL AE 2016
(c) Statement-I is true but Statement-II is false.
UJVNL AE 2012
(d) Statement-I is false but Statement-II is true.
Ans. (d) : The three moment equation in structural ESE 2019
analysis is basically a flexibility method.
Ans. (c) Due to redistribution of moments as the fixed
In structural engineering, the flexibility method also
end moment decreases the sagging moment at midspan
called the method of consistent deformations is the increases.
traditional method for computing member forces and
displacement in structural systems.
549. In plastic analysis, collapse load for a fixed
uniform beam with central point load is :
(Note : MP is plastic moment capacity and L is
the span of the beam)
749
552. Statement (I): Slope-deflection method is a (a) x3 (b) x
displacement method of analysis. (c) x2 (d) x0.5
Statement (II): Forces are the basic unknowns CIL AE 2020
in the slope-deflection method. Ans. (c) : At a distance x from free end
(a) Both Statements-I and Statement-II are
wx 2
individually true and Statement-II is the Mx =
correct explanation of Statement-I. 2
(b) Both Statements-I and Statement-II are bx d2
individually true but Statement-II is NOT and Z x =
6
the correct explanation of Statement-I Maximum bending stress
(c) Statement-I is true but Statement-II is false.
(d) Statement-I is false but Statement-II is true. M
f= x
ESE 2017 Zx
Ans. (c) 3wx 2
The slope deflection method was widely used for ∴ bx =
more than a decade until the moment distribution fd 2
method was developed. b x ∝ x 2 
 
The moment distribution method is a structural
analysis method for statically indeterminate beams 555. Match the following and pick the correct
and frames. In this every joint of the structure to be series:
analyzed is fixed so as to develop the fixed end (i) Slope deflection (1) Rotation factor
moments. method
The displacement and rotation (δ, θ) are the basic, (ii) Moment (2) Flexibility coefficient
unknowns in the slope deflection method. distribution
The slope deflection equation can also be written method
(iii) Kani's method (3) Kinematic redundant
 I 
using the stiffness factor  K = ab  and chord (iv) Matrix method (4) Carryover factor
 L ab  (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
 (a) (1) (2) (3) (4)
∆ 
rotation ψ =  (b) (3) (4) (2) (1)
 Lab  (c) (2) (3) (4) (1)
553. Match List-I with List - II and select the (d) (3) (4) (1) (2)
correct answer using the code given below the AP (VSS-1) PART - A 2017
lists : Ans : (d)
List - I List - II (i) Slope deflection method Kinematic redundant
A. Axel Bendixen 1. The mathematical (ii) Moment distribution method Carryover factor
theory of elasticity (iii) Kani's method Rotation factor
B. Hardy Cross 2. Theory of curved bars (iv) Matrix method Flexibility coefficient
C. Winkler 3. Slope-deflection 556. A cantilever beam of length 4 metres carries a
method UDL of 6 kN/m throughout its length. It is
D. St. Venant 4. Moment distribution propped at the end such that the levels of the
(a) A B C D (b) A B C D free end is the same as that of the fixed end.
1 2 3 4 34 2 1 What is the magnitude of the propped
(c) A B C D (d) A B C D reaction?
1 2 4 3 3 2 4 1 (a) 3 kN (b) 6 kN
ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2013 (c) 9 kN (d) 12 kN
Ans : (b) AP (VSS-1) PART - A 2017
A. Axel Bendixen 3. Slope-deflection Ans : (c) :
method
B. Hardy Cross 4. Moment distribution
C. Winkler 2. Theory of curved bars
D. St. Venant 1. The mathematical
From figure,
theory of elasticity
Deflection at B = 0
554. A cantilever beam having a constant depth
carries a uniformly distributed load of w per or 6 × 4 4 P × 43
− =0
unit length over the whole span. To make the 8EI 3EI
maximum bending stress at all sections of the 6×4 P
beam to be the same, the breadth of the section or =
8 3
at a distance x from the free end should be
P = 9 kN
proportional to :
750
557. The element of flexibility matrix of a structure :  2 1  1 − 1
(a) Are dependent on the choice of coordinates (c) ( L / 4EI )   (d) ( L / 6EI )  
(b) Are independent on the choice of coordinates 1 2   −2 1
(c) Are always dimensionally homogeneous JPSC AE (Pre) 2019
(d) Both (A) and (C) are correct ESE 2005
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I Ans. (b) The stiffness and flexibility matrix are
Ans. (d) : The elements of a flexibility matrix are not inverse of each other and both are symmetrical.
necessarily dimensionally homogeneous. They
2EI  2 1 
represent either a translation or a rotation due to a unit Stiffness matrix, K =
load or a couple. L  1 2 
558. For stable structures, one of the important Flexibility matrix = [F]
properties of flexibility and stiffness matrices is [K] [F] = I ⇒ [F] = [K]–1
that the element of main diagonal : Flexibility matrix is equal to the inverse of stiffness
(a) Of a stiffness and flexibility matrix must be 2 2
 2EI   2EI 
negative. |K| =   ( 4 − 1 ) = 3  
(b) Of a stiffness matrix must be negative and  L   L 
flexibility matrix must be positive.
2EI  2 −1
(c) Of a stiffness matrix must be positive and Adjoin (K) =
flexibility matrix must be negative. L  −1 2 
(d) Of a stiffness and flexibility matrix must be Adj ( K )
positive. So, [K]–1 =
|K|
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I
Ans. (d) While the other elements of the flexibility 2EI  2 −1
 −1 2 
[K] = L 
matrix may be positive or negative, the elements lying –1
on the leading diagonal are always positive.  2EI 
2

559. If the sinking of a support of a fixed beam 3  

 L 
causes the beam to rotate in the clockwise
direction, then the moments induced at both 1  2 −1
 −1 2 
= 3
the ends of the beam will be
(a) In anticlockwise direction and of equal 2EI
magnitude
L
(b) In clockwise direction and of different
magnitude [K]–1 =
L  2 −1
(c) In opposite directions and of equal magnitude 6EI  −1 2 
(d) In opposite directions and of different 561. A stiffness matrix is to be generated for beam
magnitude
OPSC AEE 2019 Paper–I AB as horizontal flexural member. As per the
method adopted for calculation of stiffness
Ans. (a) The moment induced at both the ends of the
beam will be in anticlockwise direction and of equal matrix, if end A is given translation
magnitude. displacement in vertically upward direction,
the end forces generated at end 'B' are
(a) No forces at end B
(b) – 12 EI/L3 vertical force and 6EI/L2 moment
(c) – 6 EI/L2 vertical force and 2EI/L moment
(d) – 6 EI/L2 vertical force and 4EI/L moment
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
Ans. (b) :

560. The stiffness matrix of a beam elements is

 2 1
(2EI/L)   which one of the following is its
1 2 
flexibility matrix?
 2 1  2 − 1
(a) ( L / 2EI )   (b) ( L / 6EI )   Vertical force is 12 EI/L3
1 2   −1 2  Moment is 6 EI/L2 At support 'A'
751
562. If the stiffness matrix of beam element is given (a) Moment area theorem
2EI  2 -1 (b) Castigliano's second theorem
as , then the flexibility matrix is:
L  -1 2 
(c) Conjugate beam theorem
(d) Muller – Breslau's influence theorem
L 2 1  L 2 1  Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
(a)   (b)  
6EI 1 2  2EI 1 2  Ans. (b) : Castigliano's second theorem–The first
partial derivative of total strain energy with respect to
L 2 1  L  −1 2  the load applied at any point is equal to the deflection
(c)   (d)
3EI 1 2  6EI  2 −1 at the point of application of that force in the direction
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1 of its line of action
Ans. (a) : The stiffness and flexibility matrix are ∂µ
=δ
inverse of each other and both are symmetrical. ∂P
2EI  2 −1 565. Flexibility method is also called as :
Stiffness matrix, K =
L  −1 2  1. force method
Flexibility matrix = [F] 2. compatibility method
[K] [F] = I ⇒ [F] = [K] –1 3. consistent deformation method
(a) Only 1 (b) 1 and 2
Flexibility matrix is equal to the inverse of stiffness
2 2
(c) 1 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
 2EI   2EI 
 ( 4 − 1) = 3 
|K| =  GPSC AE March 2018

 L   L  Ans. (d) : The flexible method is also called as method
2EI  2 1  of consistent deformations is the traditional method for
Adjoin (K) = computing member forces and displacement in
L   1 2 
 structural systems.
–1 Adj ( K ) It is also known as Matrix force method and
So, [K] =
|K| compatibility method.
2EI  2 1  566. Matrix stiffness method
1 2  1. forms the basis for computerization
[K]–1 = L  2 2. yields the displacements and forces in one
 2EI  go
3 
 L  3. can be used to analyse both determinate
1 2 1 and indeterminate structure
 1 2  (a) 1 and 2 (b) 1 and 3
= 3 (c) 2 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
2EI
GPSC AE March 2018
L
Ans. (d) : Matrix stiffness method is suited for
L 2 1
[K]–1 = computer automated analysis of complex structures.
6EI 1 2  It is used for computing forces and displacement in
563. What is true for flexibility and stiffness structures.
matrix? It is used for analysing complex structures including
A. They are square matrix indeterminate structures.
B. The diagonal elements are non-zero and
567. For the given structure produce flexibility
having positive values
C. Element ij = Element ji matrix for coordinate 1 and 2.
D. They are inverse of each other
Answer Options:
(a) A and B (b) All of the above
(c) C and D (d) A, C and D
Maharashtra PSC Mains 2018 Paper-1
EI-Constant
Ans. (b) : Some of true points about flexibility and
stiffness matrix L  4 1  L  3 2
(a)   (b)
1. They are square matrix 3EI 1 2  2 EI  2 4
2. The diagonal elements are non-zero and having
L 4 1 L  3 2
positive values (c)   (d)
3. Element ij = Element ji 6 EI 1 2  3EI  2 4
4. They are inverse of each other Vizag steel MT 2017
564. "The partial derivative of the total internal Ans. (c) : Flexibility matrix
energy in a beam, with respect to the load L 4 1
6 EI 1 2 
applied at any point is equal to the deflection at
that point." This is the statement of:
752
568. Consider the following methods of analysis: Codes :
1. Method of consistent deformation A B C D
2. Column analogy method (a) 1 4 2 3
3. Equilibrium method (b) 2 1 3 4
4. Three-moment equation (c) 3 2 4 1
Which of the above methods come under the (d) 4 3 1 2
category of force method?
OPSC Civil Services Pre 2011
(a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b) 3 and 4 only
(c) 1, 2 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4 Ans. (d) :
UPSC JWM 2017 572. The stiffness matrix for a beam element is
Ans. (c) : Methods under the category of force method EI  4 -9 
k= . The corresponding flexibility
1. Method of consistent depression 63 -9 36 
2. Column analogy method
3. Three-moment equation matrix is
4. Castigliano's theorem 63 36 9  1 36 9 
(a)   (b)
5. Unit load method EI  9 4  EI  9 4 
569. If the far end of the beam is fixed, the stiffness
of beam with usual notation is 63  −4 9  1 4 9 
(c)   (d)
2 EI 3EI EI  9 −36  EI  9 36 
(a) (b)
L L TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012
4 EI 4 EI Ans. (a) :
(c) (d)
L L2 The stiffness and flexibility matrix are inverse of each
GPSC R&B AE 2016 other and both are symmetrical.
Ans. (c) : Three cases where moment distribution EI  4 −9 
Stiffness matrix, K =
process can be done– 63  −9 36 
Flexibility matrix = [F]
[K] [F] = I ⇒ [F] = [K]–1
Flexibility matrix is equal to the inverse of stiffness
2 2
 EI   EI 
|K| =   (144 − 81) = 63  
 63   63 
570. The number of unknowns to be determined in EI 36 9 
stiffness method is equal to- Adjoin (K) =
(a) static indeterminacy 63  9 4 
(b) kinematic indeterminacy –1 Adj ( K )
(c) the sum of kinematic and static indeterminacy So, [K] = | K |
(d) two times the number of support
JPSC AE 2009 EI 36 9 
–1 63  9 4
Ans. (b) : In the stiffness method, the unknown [K] = 2
quantities will be the joint displacements. Hence, the  EI 
63  
no. of unknown is equal to the degree of kinetic  63 
indeterminacy of the structure.
36 9 
571. Match the List-I with List-II and select the  9 4 
correct answer using the codes given below the = 
EI
lists :
List-I List-II 63
(Members) (Strain 63 36 9 
K=
energy) EI  9 4 
A. Axial loaded members l V
2
573. The force required to cause a rotation '' at
K∫ dx
0 2GA the propped end of propped cantilever beam of
B. Members under bending l T
2 span l, Young's modulus E, moment of Inertia I
∫0 2GJ dx is
12 EI 2 EI
C. Members under shearing l M
2 (a) θ (b) θ
∫0 2EI
3
dx L L
4 EI 6 EI
D. Circular members under l P
2 (c) θ (d) θ
L2
section ∫0 2EA dx L
TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012
753
 Ans. (c) : (a) 3 EI/L (b) 4 EI/L
(c) 2 EI/L (d) EI/L
TSGENCO_2015
When far end is fixed then required force/moment for Ans. (a) : The moment required to rotate the near end
4EIθ of a prismatic beam through a unit angle without
θ rotation is ––––– (A) translation, when the far end is pinned = 3 EI/L.
L
576. What is the magnitude of fixed end moment of
& when far end is hinged then required for θ rotation is
a propped cantilever beam having length 'L'
3EIθ carrying a concentrated load 'P' at the mid-
–––––(B)
L span? Take EI = constant
Here far end A is fixed hence, 3PL 3PL
(a) (b)
8 16
5PL PL
(c) (d)
16 4
4EIθ
∵ M= TSGENCO_2015
L Ans. (b) :
Case (B) will be like

574. If the hinged end of a propped cantilever of

span L and flexural rigidity EI undergoes a
rotation, then the shear force in the beam will Deflection at B due to load P
be P ( L / 2)3 P ( L / 2)2 L
= + ×
EI 2 EI 3EI 2 EI 2
(a) 2 θ (b) θ
L L2 PL 3
PL 3

3EI 6 EI = +
(c) 2
θ (d) θ 24 EI 16 EI
L L2 5PL3
TRB Poly. Tech. Lect. 2012 =
Ans. (d) : 48EI
(∆due to load) – (∆due to reaction) = 0
5 PL3 RB × L3
− =0
48 EI 3EI
5
RB = P
16
Far end fixed and rotation θ given at hinged (B) 5P P×L
Moment at A = ×1 −
4 EI 16 2
∵ MB = θ (because far end is fixed)
L 3 PL
=
2 EI  M B  16
∵ MA = θ = carry over transfer 
L  2  577. Kani's rotation contribution method is
advantageous over Moment distribution
method since
(a) Kani's method is iterative
(b) Any arithmetic error that creeps in will
automatically get corrected
(c) It involves actual solution of simultaneous
equations
M A + M B 4 EIθ 2 EIθ (d) None of these
∴ RA = RB = = +
L L L Punjab PSC SDE 2016
6 EI Ans. (b) : Kani method is more illustrative as any
RA = RB = 2 θ shear in beam arithmetic error that comes will automatically get
L
corrected.
575. The moment required to rotate the near end of
578. In Kani's method, an overhang can be
a prismatic beam through a unit angle without
conveniently dealt with by regarding it as a
translation, when the far end is pinned is given
member with
by
754
 (a) Infinite length (b) Zero length Ans. (a) :
(c) Unit length (d) None of these
Punjab PSC SDE 2016
Ans. (a) : Kani's method is displacement method,
which easily deal with overhang portion by regarding
it as a member with infinite length.
579. The analysis of a structure is 1
(a) Deciding the material of the member Area of cross-section beam = L ×
EI
(b) Deciding the dimension of the member
L
(c) Calculating the magnitude and nature of =
various straining actions at salient points of EI
the structure 583. A cantilever of span 'l' carries a load 'W' at the
(d) Planning of the structure free end. The flexibility of the beam is given by:
Punjab PSC SDE 2016 L2 L3
(a) (b)
Ans. (c) : The analysis of a structure is calculating the 3EI 3EI
magnitude and nature of various straining actions at L L3
salient points of the structure. (c) (d)
3EI 8EI
580. The number of simultaneous equation to be TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017
solved in the slope deflection method is equal to Ans. (b)
(a) the degree of statically indeterminacy
(b) the degree of kinematics
(c) the number of joints in the structure
(d) the number of spans in the structure
Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019
Ans. (c) : The number of simultaneous equation to be
solved in the slope deflection method is equal to the WL3
number of joints in the structure. ∆ B =
3EI
581. The moment distribution method in structural ∆ B L3
analysis can be treated as: =
(a) Force method W 3EI
(b) Displacement method L3
flexibility =
(c) Flexibility method 3EI
(d) None of the above 584. Flexibility matrix for a beam element is [F] =
Arunachal Pradesh Poly. Tech. Lect. 2019 1 6 2
UPPCL AE 2018 EI  2 9 
Nagaland PSC CTSE 2017 Paper–I
EI  9 −2 
UJVNL AE 2012 (a) S=
50  −2 6 
Ans. (b) : The moment distribution method in
structural analysis can be treated as displacement EI  6 −2 
(b) S=
method. 50  −2 9 
Example of displacement method are
• moment distribution method EI  2 9 
(c) S =
• slope deflection method 50  6 2 
• Kani's method EI  6 2
(d) S =
• Stiffness matrix method 50 9 2 
582. In column analogy method, the area of
TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017
analogous column for a fixed beam of span ‘L’
and flexural rigidity EI is taken as Ans. (a) : The stiffness and flexibility matrix are
inverse of each other and both are symmetrical.
L L
(a) (b) 1 6 2
EI 2EI Stiffness matrix, K =
EI  2 9 
L L
(c) (d) Flexibility matrix = [F]
3EI 4EI
[K] [F] = I ⇒ [F] = [K]–1
APPSC AEE 2012
755
Flexibility matrix is equal to the inverse of stiffness Ans. (a) :
2 2
 1   1 
|K| =   ( 54 − 4 ) = 50  
 EI   EI 
1  9 −2 
Adjoin (K) =
EI  −2 6 
Adj ( K ) L 2 1
So, [K]–1 = 1 2 
|K| 6 EI  
1  9 −2  587. If a single-span beam fixed at both ends sinks
by ∆ at one end, the fixed-end moment
–1
[K] = EI  −2 6 
2 developed is
 1  6EI∆
50  
 EI  (a) 0 (b)
l2
 9 −2  3EI∆ 12EI∆
 −2 6  (c) (d)
=  l 2
l2
 1 
50   BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
 EI 
Ans. (b) : Let us suppose or given as beam of length l
EI  9 −2  having supports A & B as fixed. Now, if B supports
[K]–1 =
50  −2 6  only settles by ∆, then a counterbalance moment is
developed at both end of beams.
585. The Final moment at the end A, in a beam AB
6EI∆
due to rotations θA, θB and downward M fixed = 2
settlement of support at B is given by : l
2EI  3δ 588. In the moment-area method, the difference in
(a) MAB = MFAB + 2 θ + θB −  slope between any two sections is equal to
l  A L
(a) area of M/EI diagram between these two
2EI  3δ
2 θ + θB − 
sections
(b) MAB = MFAB –
l  A L (b) moment of M/EI diagram between these two
sections
4EI  3δ
(c) MAB = MFAB + 2 θ + θB −  (c) 0.5 time area of M/EI diagram between these
l  A L
two sections
2EI  3δ
θ + 2 θB − 
(d) 0.5 time moment of M/EI diagram between
(d) MAB = MFAB +
l  A L these two sections
BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017
Ans. (a) : The moment area method is based on two
Ans. (a) : Final moment at the end A – theorems. The first one is the slope change between
2EI  3δ
2 θ + θB − 
two points of the beam and second one is related to
MAB = MFAB +
l  A L deflection.
'The change of slope between any two points of the
586. The flexibility matrix for the simply supported
elastic curve is equal to the area of the bending
beam, as shown below, with reference to the moment diagram between these points divided by EI.
coordinates, is
589. The Muller-Breslau principle is the straight
application of
(a) Kani's theorem
(b) Maxwell reciprocal theorem
(c) Moment area method
(d) Unit load method
L 2 1 L 2 1 BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V
(a) (b)
6 EI 1 2  3EI 1 2  Ans. (b) : The Muller-Breslau principle is a method to
determine influence lines. This principle states that the
L 1 2  1 2 L
(c) 2 1 (d)
2 1 influence line of an action assumes the scaled form of
6 EI    
3EI displacement or deflection. Muller's Breslau principle
BPSC Poly. Tech. Lect. 2016 is straight application of Maxwell reciprocal theorem.
756
590. The flexibility method is also known as 3 0  3 0.5
(a) force method (c) EI   (d) EI  
0 2  0.5 2 
(b) displacement method
(c) energy method Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I
(d) equilibrium method ESE 2000
BPSC AE Aug. 2019 Paper-V Ans. (d) : Stiffness matrix can be obtained by making
UKPSC AE 2012 Paper–I second co-ordinate i.e. rotation in the direction of 2 as
Ans. (a) : Flexibility method is also known as matrix zero and considering unit rotation in the direction of
force method due to its use of member forces as the co-ordinate 1.
primary unknowns. The beam AB has rotational stiffness
591. The stiffness matrix of a beam is given as: 4E ( 2I )
= 2EI and beam BC has rotational stiffness
12 4  4
K ×  4E ( 2I )
 4 5 = EI So moment required in the direction of 1
Calculate the flexibility matrix. 4
Flexibility matrix will be .............. of produce unit rotation will be 2EI + EI = 3 EI
Thus K11= 3EI
K 12 −4  K 12 4 
(a)   (b) The moment generated at point C in the direction of
44  −4 5  44  4 5 
1
co-ordinate 2 is × EI = 0.5EI as the carry over factor
1 12 −4  1  5 −4  2
(c)   (d)
44 K  −4 5  44 K  −4 12  is half, So K21 = 0.5 EI
Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I Similarly make D1 = 0 and D2 = 1.0
Ans. (d) The stiffness and flexibility matrix are inverse 4EI 4E ( 2I )
K 22 = + = 2EI
of each other and both are symmetrical. 4 8
K12 = 0.5 EI
Stiffness matrix, F = K 12 4
 4 5 
K K12 
Flexibility matrix = [S] Stiffness matrix =  11 
[F] [S] = I ⇒ [S] = [F]–1  K 21 K 22 
Flexibility matrix is equal to the inverse of stiffness  3EI 0.5EI 
= 
|F| = ( K ) ( 60 − 16 ) = 44 ( K )
2 2
 0.5EI 2EI 
593. A two span continuous beam ABC is as shown
Adjoin (F) = K  5 −4 
 −4 12  in figure below. The distribution factors at
joint B are:
Adj ( F )
So, [F]–1 =
|F|

K  5 −4 
 −4 12 
[F] = 
–1

44 ( K )
2

(a) 0.4, 0.6 (b) 0.6, 0.4

 5 −4  (c) 0.5, 0.5 (d) 0.55, 0.45
 −4 12 
=  Maharashtra PSC (Mains) 2019 Paper–I
44K
Ans. (c) :
1  5 −4 
[F]–1 =
44 K  −4 12 
592. Displacement coordinators for the beam are as
shown in figure. The stiffness matrix is given
by:
Total
Joint Member Stiffness D.F.
Stiffness
BA 4E ( 3I ) 2
= 2EI = 0.5
B 6 4
4 EI
3 1   3 −0.5
(a) EI   (b) EI 
1 2   −0.5 2 
757
 BC 4E ( 2I ) 2 (b) A is correct and B is wrong
= 2EI = 0.5
4 4 (c) A is wrong and B is correct
(d) Both A and B are wrong
UPRVUNL AE 2015
594. The absolute stiffness of a prismatic member
with one end fixed is: Ans. (a) : Maxwell theorem or Reciprocal deflection
4EI 2EI
(a) (b)
L L
4EI EI
(c) (d) 4 2
2L L
PTCUL AE 2016
Ans. (a) : 598. Which of the following is not the displacement
method ?
(a) Equilibrium method
(b) Column analogy method
4EI (c) Moment distribution method
Stiffness KAB =
ℓ (d) Kani's method
3EI MPPSC AE 2014
KBC =
L Ans. (b) : Column analogy method is a force method.
595. Which of the following methods of structural 599. If DL denotes dead load and EL denotes
analysis is a force method earthquake load, then the value of the load
factor a is the load combination aDL+1.5EL
(a) Slope deflection method
used in structural design is_______:
(b) Moment distribution method
(a) 1.0 (b) 2.0
(c) Three moment equation (c) 0.9 (d) 1.2
(d) None of the above UPPCL AE 2018
UJVNL AE 2016 Ans. (c) : Given,
Ans. (c) : Force method of structure analysis areas DL = Dead load
follows : EL = Earthquake load
• Strain energy method So, load combination is given as
• Castigliano's method 0.9 DL +1.5 EL
• Flexibility method 600. Consider the following two statements:
• Three moment equation Statement I: In a statically determinate
structure, influence line diagrams for internal
596. In slope deflection equations, the deformations forces are always composed of straight line
are considered to be caused by segments.
(a) Axial force (b) Shear force Statement II: Muller-Breslau's principle is not
(c) Bending moment (d) All the above applicable for statically indeterminate
APPSC AEE 2016 structures.
Ans. (c) : By forming slope deflection equations and Which of the following is CORRECT?
applying joint and shear equilibrium conditions, the (a) Statement I is true, but Statement II is false
rotation angles are calculated. Substituting them back (b) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
into the slope deflection equations, member and (c) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
moment are ready determined. Deformation of (d) Statement I is false, but Statement II is true
member is due to bending moment. UPPCL AE 2018
597. Virtual work means Ans. (a) :
Statement I: In a statically determinate structure,
A. Work done by real forces due to
influence line diagrams for internal forces are always
hypothetical displacements
composed of straight line segments.
B. Work done by hypothetical forces during Statement II: Muller-Breslau's principle is not
real displacements applicable for statically indeterminate structures.
Which of these statement are correct? 601. Which of the following theorem states that
(a) Both A and B are correct "The displacement at Point A due to load at B
758
 is same as displacement at point B due to the  0 4EI / ℓ −6EI / ℓ 2 
same load acting at point A, the displacements  
being measured in the direction of loads"? (c) [K] =  4EI / ℓ 0 12EI / ℓ3 
(a) Maxwell's theorem of reciprocal deflection.  
 0 0 AE / ℓ 

(b) Castigliano's theorem of reciprocal deflection
(c) Rayleigh Ritz theorem of reciprocal  0 4EI / ℓ −6EI / ℓ 2 
deflection  
(d) [K] =  4EI / ℓ 0 12EI / ℓ3 
(d) Muller-breslau theorem of reciprocal  
deflection  AE / ℓ 0 0 
UPPCL AE 2019 [UPPSC AE 12.04.2016 Paper–I]
Ans. (a) : Maxwell's reciprocate theorem state that in Ans : (a)
a linearly elastic structure, the deflection at any point.
A due to a load applied at some other point B will be
equal to the deflection at B when the same load is Stiffness matrix–
applied at A.
 K11 K12 K13 
602. In moment distribution method, the  
[K] =  K 21 K 22 K 23 
distribution factor at any point can be
 K 31 K 32 K 33 
calculated by, using which of following
from matrix Ist column
expression; where, k is stiffness of the member,
M is moment in member due to loads.
(a) k/Σk (b) (k/Σk) × M
(c) (k/M) × Σk (d) Σk/k
4EI
LMRC AM 2018 K11 =
ℓ
Ans. (a) : In moment distribution method, the  4EI 2EI 
− +
distribution factor at any point can be calculated by
 ℓ ℓ 
using k/Σk. K 21 =
ℓ
where, k is stiffness of the member. −6EI
K 21 = 2
603. Flexibility matrix method is also known as: ℓ
(a) Equilibrium method K 31 = 0
(b) Displacement method from matrix IInd column-
(c) Compatibility method
(d) Stiffness method
CIL MT 2020
Ans. (c) : Compatibility method. Flexibility matrix
method is also known as compatibility method. −6EI
K12 =
604. Stiffness matrix with reference to coordinates ℓ2
1, 2 and 3 as shown in fig. below is:  6EI 6EI 
 2 + 2 
K 22 = 
ℓ ℓ 
ℓ
12EI
K 22 = 3
ℓ
 4EI / ℓ −6EI / ℓ 2 0 
  K 32 = 0
(a) [K] =  −6EI / ℓ 2 12EI / ℓ3 0  from matrix 3rd column-
 
 0 0 AE / ℓ 

 −6EI / ℓ 2 4EI / ℓ 0 
 
(b) [K] =  4EI / ℓ 12EI / ℓ3 0 
  AE
0 0 AE / ℓ  K13 = 0 , K 23 = 0 , K 33 =
  ℓ
759
  4EI / ℓ −6EI / ℓ 2 0  EI
(e) M AB = M FAB +
   6δ 
[K] =  −6EI / ℓ 2 12EI / ℓ3 0  l  2θ A + θ B + 
   l 
 0 0 AE / ℓ 
 CGPSC AE 2017
605. The distribution factors members AE and AC Ans. (c) M = M + 2EI
of the box section are :
AB FAB
 3δ 
l  2θA + θB + 
 l 
607. Stiffness matrix method is also known as :
(a) flexibility method
(b) force method
(c) compatibility method
(d) equilibrium method
(e) conjugate beam method
(a) 0.5 and 0.5 (b) 0.25 and 0.75 CGPSC AE 2017
(c) 0.6 and 0.4 (d) 0.63 and 0.37 Ans. (d) Stiffness matrix method is also known as
TRB Poly. Lect. Tech. 2017 equilibrium method.
Ans. (a) : 608. Identify the correct statement among the
Stiffness of member AC, following.
4E ( 2I ) (a) At the location of the plastic hinge of a
KAC = deformed structure curvature is infinite.
L
(b) At the location of the plastic hinge of a
4E ( 2I ) 8 deformed structure radius of curvature is
KAC = = EI
5 5 infinite.
Stiffness of member AE, (c) At the location of the plastic hinge of a
4EI 8 deformed structure moment is infinite
KAE = = EI
2.5 5 (d) At the location of the plastic hinge of a
Distribution factor for member AE, deformed structure flexural stress is infinite
K AE UPRVUNL AE 2014
DAE = D AE = = 0.5
K AE + K AC Ans. (a) : At the location of the plastic hinge of a
Distribution factor for member AC, deformed structure curvature is infinite.
DAC = 1 – 0.5 = 0.5 609. What would be the flexibility matrix of the
606. A beam element which is fixed at support A beam shown in the following figure?
and roller at Support B. What will be slope
defection equation at support A?
2EI
(a) M AB = M FAB +
 3δ 
l  θ A + 2θ B +   64 – 8   64 8 
 l 
 EI EI   3EI EI 
(a)  (b) 
(b) M AB = M FAB +
4EI
 8 8   8 64 
 3δ  – –
l  2θ A + θ B +   EI 3EI   EI 3EI 
 l   64 8  64 8
2EI  3EI EI   3EI EI 
(c) M AB = M FAB + (c)  (d) 
 3δ   8 4   4 8 
l  2θ A + θ B +   EI EI   EI EI 
 l 
UPRVUNL AE 2014
EI
(d) M AB = M FAB + ESE 2000
 3δ 
l  2θ A + θ B +  Ans. (c) : Elements of flexibility matrix can be
 l 
obtained by applying unit force in the direction of
anyone co-ordinate and calculating displacement in the
direction of both co-ordinates.

760
 • The displacement considered as the unknowns.
• To calculate displacements and establish the
equations of equilibrium, it will be convenient to
develop the stiffness matrix for the structure.
Applying unit load in the direction of a.
Deflection at B, 611. The_____ method of structural analysis is/are
force method/s:
1 × 43 64
f11 = = (a) Column analogy
3EI 3EI
(b) Moment distribution
1× 42 8 (c) Slope deflection
Rotation at B f21= =
2EI EI (d) both slope deflection and moment
The positive sign is used when the displacement is in distribution
the direction of co-ordinate, otherwise negative sign is UPRVUNL AE 2014
used. Ans. (a) : Examples of force method :
Applying unit moment in the direction of 2 • Strain energy method or minimum potential energy
Deflection at B method.
1× 42 8 • Castigliano's theorem
f12= =
2EI EI • Unit load method
Rotation at B, • Virtual work method
1× 4 4 • Column analogy method
f 22 = =
EI EI • Three moment method
 64 8 • Flexibility method
 EI 
So, flexibility matrix =  3EI
8 4 612. On the actual beam, bending moment at any
  section in a conjugate beam gives-
 EI EI 
(a) slope (b) curvature
610. Among the following mentioned statements
(c) deflection (d) bending moment
regarding the stiffness method of analysis,
JPSC AE 2009
identify those which are correct.
1. Statically indeterminate structures alone Ans. (c) : On the actual beam, bending moment at any
are considered. section in a conjugate beam method gives-
2. Both statically determinate and B.M. → deflection
indeterminate structures can be Shear force → slope.
considered. 613. Match List 1 with List 2 and select the correct
3. It is necessary to identify the redundant. answer using the code given below the list:
4. The displacements are considered as the List 1 List 2
unknowns. A. Maxwell's diagram 1. Displacement of joints
5. To calculate displacements and establish in a truss
the equations of equilibrium, it will be B. Hinesburg's 2. Deflection by
convenient to develop the stiffness matrix method numerical procedure
for the structure.
C. Newmark's method 3. Forces in bar members
choose the correct answer from the options
D. Williot-Mohr 4. concept of substitute
given below.
diagram members
(a) 1,3 and 4 (b) 1,3 and 5
(c) 2,4 and 5 (d) 2,3,4 and 5 A B C D
(a) 1 2 4 3
UPRVUNL AE 2014
(b) 3 4 2 1
Ans. (c) : Regarding the stiffness method of analysis :
(c) 3 2 4 1
• Both statically determinate and indeterminate
(d) 1 4 2 3
structure can be considered.
Chandigarh AE 2017
761
Ans. (b) :
A. Maxwell's diagram Forces in bar members
B. Hinesburg's method concept of substitute
members
C. Newmark's method Deflection by numerical
procedure
D. Williot-Mohr diagram Displacement of joints in
a truss

762